United States      Office of Air Quality
Environmental Protection  Planning and Standards
Agency        Research Triangle Park NC 27711
                        EPA-450/3-81-007
                        May 1981
Air
Summary of Technical
Information for Selected
Volatile Organic
Compound Source
Categories

-------
                                 EPA-450/3-81-007
Summary of Technical Information
    For Selected Volatile  Organic
   Compound  Source  Categories
                     by

          Emission Standards and Engineering Division
          U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
             Office of Air, Noise, and Radiation
          Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
          Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711

                   May 1981

-------
This report was furnished to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) by
Engineering-Science, 125 West Huntington Drive, Arcadia, California 91006
in partial fulfillment of contract No. 68-01-4146.  This report has been
reviewed by the Emission Standards and Engineering Division of the Office
of Air Quality Planning and Standards, and approved for publication.
Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect the views
and policies of the EPA and mention of trade names or commercial products
is not intended to constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.   Copies
of this report are available through the Library Services Office (MD-35),
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.  C.  27711,
or from National Technical Information Services, 5285 Port Royal Road,
Springfield, Virginia 22161.
                      Publication No. EPA-450/3-81-007

-------
                                  ABSTRACT
     This document is a compilation of existing information of varying
detail based on a review of the technical literature, published and
unpublished EPA and state or local agency reports, and state and local air
pollution control regulations concerning various sources of volatile organic
compound emissions.   Because of its relatively limited treatment of these
sources, this document should not be accorded the status of a Control
Techniques Guideline (CTG) document.

     This document may, however, serve in providing basic information on
the various processes and emission points and, as such, may be a starting
point for a state or local agency in considering VOC control on a given
industry.  Agencies are cautioned not to write a RACT regulation based
solely on the technical material presented.
                                    iii

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
              Abstract
              List of Figures
              List of Tables
                                                    iii
                                                    viii
                                                    x
SECTION 1
ADHESIVES APPLICATION
              Processes and Emissions
              Control Technology
              Status of Regulatory Activities
              References

SECTION 2     ASPHALT AIR BLOWING

              Processes and Emissions
              Control Technology
              Status of Regulatory Activities
              References
SECTION 3
BARGE AND TANKER CLEANING
              Processes and Emissions
              Control Technology
              Status of Regulatory Activities

SECTION 4     BARGE AND TANKER LOADING OF VOLATILE
                ORGANIC LIQUIDS

              Processes and Emissions
              VOC Loading Operations
              Control Technology
              Regulatory Status
              References

SECTION 5     BEER MAKING

              Processes and Emissions
              Status of Regulatory Activities
              References

SECTION 6     FABRIC PRINTING

              Processes and Emissions
              Control Technology
              Regulatory Status
              References

SECTION 7     FLARES

              Processes and Emissions
              Control Technology
              Status of Regulatory Activities
              References
1-1

1-1
1-11
1-12
1-12

2-1

2-1
2-3
2-9
2-10

3-1

3-1
3-3
3-4
                                                    4-1

                                                    4-1
                                                    4-3
                                                    4-5
                                                    4-17
                                                    4-17

                                                    5-1

                                                    5-1
                                                    5-2
                                                    5-2

                                                    6-1

                                                    6-1
                                                    6-8
                                                    6-12
                                                    6-13

                                                    7-1

                                                    7-1
                                                    7-13
                                                    7-14
                                                    7-18

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS—Continued

SECTION 8     LUBE OIL MANUFACTURING                              8-1

              Processes and Emissions                             8-1
              Control Technology                                  8-9
              Status of Regulatory Activities                     8-9
              References                                          8-10

SECTION 9     OIL AND GAS PRODUCTION STORAGE TANKS                9-1

              Processes and Emissions                             9-1
              Emissions                                           9-7
              Control Technology                                  9-9
              Status of Regulatory Activities                     9-13
              References                                          9-13
              Appendix (Ventura County Air Pollution Control
                 District, State of California, Rule 71)          9-15

SECTION 10    PETROLEUM COKING PROCESSES                          10-1

              Processes and Emissions                             10-1
              Control Technology                                  10-3
              Status of Regulatory Activities                     10-3
              References                                          10-3

SECTION 11    PLASTIC PARTS PAINTING                              11-1

              Processes and Emissions                             11-1
              Control Technology                                  11-2
              Status of Regulatory Activities                     11-3
              References                                          11-4

SECTION 12    RAILROAD TANK CAR LOADING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC
                 LIQUIDS                                          12-1

              Process and Emissions                               12-1
              Control Technology                                  12-13
              Status of Regulatory Activities                     12-27
              References                                          12-30

SECTION 13    SOLVENT EXTRACTION PROCESSES                        13-1

              Processes and Emissions                             13-1
              Control Technology                                  13-4
              Status of Regulatory Activities                     13-8
              References                                          13-9

SECTION 14    SURFACE COATING OF LARGE AIRCRAFT                   14-1

              Processes and Emissions                             14-1
              Control Technology                                  14-4
              Status of Regulatory Activities                     14-5
              References                                          14-8

                                   vi

-------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS—Continued

SECTION 15    SURFACE COATING OF LARGE SHIPS

              Processes and Emissions
              Control Technology
              Regulatory Status
              References

SECTION 16    SURFACE COATING OF WOOD FURNITURE

              Processes and Emissions
              Control Technology
              Status of Regulatory Activities
              References

SECTION 17    WASTE SOLVENT RECOVERY INDUSTRY

              Process and Emissions
              Control Technology and Associated Costs
              Regulatory Status
              References

SECTION 18    WINE MAKING

              Processes and Emissions
              Control Technology
              Status of Regulatory Activities
              References

SECTION 19    STYRENE-BUTADLENE COPOLYMER LATEX

              Processes and Emissions
              Control Technology
              Regulatory Status
              References
15-1

15-1
15-3
15-7
15-8

16-1

16-1
16-10
16-18
16-20

17-1

17-1
17-4
17-6
17-6

18-1

18-1
18-4
18-6
18-6

19-1

19-1
19-7
19-13
19-15
                                  vii

-------
                            LIST OF FIGURES

1-1        Viscosity-Concentration Relationship of Corn
              Dextrin at 80°F                                      1-5

2-1        Asphalt Air Blowing                                     2-2
2-2        Schematic of Dilute Fume Incineration                   2-5
2-3        Coupled Effects of Time and Temperature
              on Rate of Pollutant Oxidation                       2-6
2-4        Typical Effect of Operating Temperature on
              Effectiveness of Thermal Afterburner                 2-7

4-1        Model Marine Terminal                                   4-8
4-2        Refrigeration Vapor Recovery Module                     4-9
4-3        Carbon Adsorption Module                                4-11
4-4        Lean-Oil Absorption                                     4-12
4-5        Thermal Incinerator Module                              4-14

5-1        Beer Making Flow Schematic                              5-3

6-1        Roller Print Machine                                    6-4
6-2        Rotary Screen Print Machine                             6-4
6-3        Roller Printing Line and Associated Steam Can
              Drying Process                                       6-9
6-4        Rotary Screen Printing Line and Associated
              Drying and Curing Oven                               6-9

7-1        Diagram of Steam-Assisted Smokeless Elevated-
              Flare System                                         7-3
7-2        Typical Modern Refinery Slowdown System                 7-4
7-3        Different Designs of Elevated Flare Heads               7-6
7-4        Waste-Gas Flare System Using ESSO-Type Burner
              Regulated with slotted Orifice                       7-8
7-5        Diagram of Waste-Gas Flare System Using a
              Sinclair Burner Using In-Line Orifice for
              Regulation                                           7-9
7-6        Typical Venturi Ground Flare                            7-10
7-7        Flow Diagram of Multi-Jet Flare System                  7-11
7-8        Schematic of an Air Assisted Smokeless Flare            7-12
7-9        Cost Effectiveness of VOC Destroyed by an
              Elevated-Flare System                                7-15
7-10       Ground-Flare System Gross Annual Operating
              Cost                                                 7-16
7-11       Cost Effectiveness of VOC Destroyed by a Fuel-
              Gas System                                           7-17

8-1        Schematic Diagram of a Refinery for Producing
              Lubricating Oils                                     8-2
                                   viii

-------
                       LIST OF FIGURES—Continued

8-2        Lube Oil Hydrotreating                                 8-5
8-3        Flowchart of Lube Oil Refining by Furfural
              Extraction                                          8-7
8-4        Typical Solvent Refining Process Employing
              Furfural and Provided with Solvent-Water
              Separation and Recovery                             8-7

9-1        Production Operations and Associated Emissions         9-2
9-2        Typical Tank Sequence in Tank Battery                  9-5
9-3        Example Operations of Fixed-Roof Tanks                 9-6

10-1       Delayed Coking Process                                 10-2

12-1       General Service Railroad Tank Car                      12-5
12-2       Small Railroad Tank Car Loading Terminal               12-7
12-3       Magnetic Liquid Level Measuring Device                 12-11
12-4       Vapor Balance in VOL Loading into Liquified
              Gas Service Tank Car                                12-16
12-5       VOC Vapor Collection by Suction Pipe During
              Open Hatch Tank Car Loading of VOLs                 12-17
12-6       VOC Vapor Collection from Top Unloading Piping
              of General Service Tank Car                         12-18
12-7       Dilution of Collected VOCs with Air During
              VOL Loading of Railroad Tank Cars                   12-21
12-8       Thermal Incinerator                                    12-23
12-9       Elevated Flare                                         12-25
12-10      Cost Effectiveness for Control of Acetone
              Emissions during Railroad Tank Car Loading          12-29

13-1       Schematic of a Soybean Processing Plant -
              VOC Emission Sources                                13-2

14-1       Schematic of Disc Type Electrostatic Spraying
              Installation                                        14-5
14-2       Schematic View of a Bell Type Electrostatic
              Spraying Installation

17-1       Simplified Flow Pattern Through Typical Solvent
              Recovery Plant                                      17-2

18-1       Rate of Loss of Alcohol Entrained in Carbon
              Dioxide during Stirred Laboratory Scale
              Fermentation with Temperature Maintained
              at 34°C                                             18-3
18-2       Rate of Loss of Alcohol Entrained in Carbon
              Dioxide during Stirred Laboratory Scale
              Fermentation with Temperature Maintained
              at 21°C                                             18-3

19-1       Schematic Flow Diagram for Latex Production by
              Emulsion Polymerization                             19-4
                                    ix

-------
                          LIST OF TABLES

1-1        Major Uses of Various Adhesives                        1-3
1-2        Preliminary Draft of Industry Classifications,
              Estimates of Adhesives Consumed, and
              Solvent Emissions                                   1-11
1-3        Summary of Tentative Priority Areas                    1-12

4-1        Hydrocarbon Emission Factors for Gasoline
              Loading Operations                                  4-6

6-1        Model Printing Line Parameters                         6-9
6-2        Control Costs for Thermal Incineration Systems
              With 70 Percent Recuperative Heat Recovery
              Capabilities                                        6-12
6-3        Summary of State VOC Emission Regulations              6-14

8-1        Treatment of Oils                                      8-4

9-1        Major Tank Battery Processing Equipment                9-4
9-2        Crude Oil Storage Tank Uncontrolled and
              Controlled VOC Emissions                            9-12
9-3        Crude Oil Storage Tank Control Costs                   9-12

12-1       Quantities of Top Ten VOLs Loaded in Railroad
              Tank Cars - 1978                                    12-3
12-2       Total VOL Tank Car Loadings and Emissions - 1978       12-14
12-3       Examples of Costs and Cost Effectiveness for
              Thermal Incineration of VOCs from Railroad
              Tankcar Loading                                     12-28

13-1       Production of Soybean Oil in U.S.                      13-5
13-2       Composition of Vent Streams from Soybean
              Processing Plants                                   13-5

15-1       Marine Coatings:  Types, Applications, and
              Solids Contents                                     15-2
15-2       Summary of Marine Coating Sales and Resultant
              Emissions in California, 1976                       15-4
15-3       Comparative Costs of Six Coatings Systems
              (Base Year 1976)                                    15-6

16-1       Wood Furniture Industry Structure                      16-2
16-2       VOC Emissions from Industrial Coatings                 16-3
16-3       Wood Furniture Categories                              16-4
16-4       Wood Household Furniture Plants by EPA Region          16-5
16-5       Typical Wood Furniture Finishing Schedule              16-7
16-6       Relative Emissions from a Typical Conventional
              Furniture Coating System                            16-9
16-7       Approximate Solid Content of Wood Furniture
              Finishes                                            16-11
                                   x

-------
                       LIST OF TABLES—Continued

17-1       Typical Solvents Recovered                             17-3
17-2       Emission Factors for Solvent Reclaiming                17-5

19-1       Domestic Producers of Styrene-Butadiene Latex          19-2
19-2       Emulsion Latex Model Plant                             19-5
19-3       Annualized Costs of Implementing RACT  •                19-11
19-4       Summary of State VOC Emission Regulations              19-14
                                   xi

-------
                               SECTION 1
                         ADHESIVES APPLICATION

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     Aside from the  introduction of  rubber  and pyroxylin  cements  100
years ago, there  was  little  advance in adhesives  technology  until  the
twentieth century.
     Adhesives may  be  either  either organic,  inorganic,   or  hybrids.
The organic materials are classified according to origin as:
     (1)  Natural:   starch,  dextrins,  asphalt, animal  and  vegetable
          proteins, natural rubber,  shellac.
     (2)  Semi-synthetic:   cellulose  nitrate  and  the  other  cellu-
          losics,  polyamides derived from dimer acids,  castor-oil
          based polyurethanes.    We  may  look  to  this  group   for many
          new products in the future.
     (3)  Synthetics:
          (a)  Vinyl-type addition polymers,  both resins and elastomers:
               polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol,  acrylics,  unsatur-
               ated polyesters, butadiene/acrylonitrile, butadiene/
               styrene, neoprene,  butyl  rubber,  polyisobutylene.
          (b)  Polymers  formed  by   condensation  and  other  step-wise
               mechanisms:  epoxies,  polyurethanes,   polysulfide rub-
               bers, and  the  reaction  products of  formaldehyde with
               phenol, resorcinol, urea, and  melamine.
     Alternatively, adhesives  may  be  categorized  according   to   the
solubility and fusibility of the final glue line:
     (1)  Soluble, including thermoplastic (soluble and fusible):
          starch and derivatives, asphalts, some proteins,  cellulosics,
          vinyls,  acrylics.
                                   1-1

-------
     (2)  Thermosetting (insoluble and infusible):  phenol- and
          resorcinol-formaldehyde, urea- and melamineformaldehyde,
          epoxies, polyurethanes,  natural  and  synthetic  rubbers  if
          vulcanized.
     Table 1-1 on the following page  lists various adhesives and their
industrial uses.
     In the  context  of this  report,  the  discussion of  adhesives is
included because of the potential for VOC emissions from organic sol-
ventborne adhesives.   Thus,   further  discussion will  be  limited  to
this latter class  of  adhesives,  substitutes  for them,  and to control
technology.  For  the  most part  the  natural  adhesives,  particularly
those derived from starch,  dextrins , animal and vegetable proteins and
shellac, are  not  directly  competitive  with  organic  solvent-borne
synthetic adhesives  and  will  not  be  discussed  further.   Natural
rubber-based adhesives are organic solvent-borne and will be included
in the discussion  of  synthetic polymer  type  solvent-borne adhesives.
Rubber type adhesives  are  still used to bind  paper,  rubber, plastic
films, leather,  wood,  ceramic,  plastic  tile,  metals,  etc.  to  each
other and to other materials.
Hot-Melt Adhesives
     Hot-melt adhesives are generally sought  for economic reasons with
regard to  the  application process,  since it   is  simply  or  quickly
applied and  lends itself  to  mechanization.   If  these  factors  are
unimportant, a  solvent  cement or a  thermosetting-type  adhesive  pro-
vides more durability and greater strength.
     The sequence  of  operations in applying hot-melt adhesives  is  a
rapid one, hence hand application is rare.
     There is  a wide  variety  of  low-molecular-weight,  natural  and
synthetic waxes and resins  suited to hot-melts when formulated.  Among
these are:
     Coumarone-indene resins
     Resin and its derivatives
                                   1-2

-------



























en
£
hH
en
w
33
o
<3

en
rH P
1 0
^J 1 1
r^ p™i
B!
w <
.j >
CO
<3 fa
H O

en
W
en
:=
«
O
r>
^
^































•a
CO rJ
0) • O
1— I r-H CJ
•H 0
4J C 0)
X rH rl
0) i-l
H H
J-i <->
rl 0) •
01 * CX (50
CX CO cfl J", ^
CO 4-> CM 4J O-i
(Xi O O «
3 T3 rH rH
• *a a) o u
o o s x
en iu s ^ ai
•H O-i 3 ^— '
2 o
1 T3
>. O
rH O
a. s
•
00
^!
a,
^
CU •
,£• en
4J T3
co O
CU *-l
i-J Oi
01
J-I
3
4J
•H
(3
t-l
3
fa
en
CO
co >.
rH 4.) CO
O 0) en
<4H CO
!J CO rH
0) en O
^3
•H ^3
fa
00
1 rH C
O CO -H
3 t3 -H 4J
J-t rl Cfl
4J C 4-1 O
en o en -H
C -H 3 w
O 4-> 13 ,O
u e co
M fn
eo
C
J -H CO
*rH 4J »H
W O >-l
Cfl -H CU
M ^4 -W
JO fa CO
<: s
ta





0)
>
iH
CO 0)
0) CX
£. >,
T3 H
<





X XXXXX XXX








XXXX XX XX XXX




X XXX X


XXXXXX XX X XX



X XXXX X







X X XX XXXX








XX XXXXXXX XX










X XX XXXXXXX XX






XXX XXX





XX X XX XX

s-\
0)
CD
S-l
U-l
rH CO CO
•rH o) en >-i co
O3 u30>cncnrH 13
en rH •H4J4JcoairiO C c
CU »00 Cfl cflcflOTSOlC 01 cfli-i
4-1 rH 4-> OCflCC'H-H4J-HenGC S-lOl
CfleOOrHrH CrHCU COrHECOCJ>jOc0434Jp Cfl
rHT3CcOcOT3-H3-H -P^OCflOlricUCJCUOXcU rHcn
>-,!>i •HSj3Oi>1>OJ3i-l43M(UMC8>,,COQ >-,0) C ><
CJrH CeOf— IC001CX3CD43OO013-HO-I-1 4-1 M -H tfl
<< <<3cacjuwOrHas









































































rH

CU
a
C
01
SJ
01
UH
O)
oi
1-3

-------
     Mineral, vegetable, and petroleum waxes
     Alkyds
     Terpene resins
     Heat-stable phenol-formaldehyde resins
     All of these waxes and resins have low strength and melt easily to
low viscosity  fluids.   They are  reinforced  or toughened  by blending
with limited proportions of higher molecular  weight  polymers, in order
to be  converted  into  useful adhesives.  These  higher  molecular weight
polymers include the following:
     Ethyl cellulose
     Polyvinyl acetate and its derivatives
     Butyl methacrylates
     Polyethylene
     Polystyrene and styrene copolymers
     Polyisobutylene
     The ideal hot-melt adhesive  is  solid  at  room temperature,  capable
of being stored  and handled easily  without blocking, and  is light in
color.  When  a heat  source is  applied,  it  melts  sharply  and  flows
freely.  Also,  it  is   stable  during  prolonged  heating and  able  to
withstand local overheating.
     Hot-melts are available in many different forms such as:  tapes or
ribbons, films or thin sheets,  granules, pellets in various  shapes such
as cylinders and cubes, block and cordlike formations.
     Hot-Melt Adhesive Application
     Many different  methods exist   for the  application  of  hot-melt
adhesives.   Two common  methods are  doctored  rolls and  intaglio tech-
niques.  Individual pieces are frequently dipped.
     Over the  past  few years,  a system  which  uses an  extruder as  a
melting and  feeding  device  or heat pump  has  been  widely   used.   The
latest system, also  widely in use,  is  a concept  which  incorporates  a
hot-melt adhesive in cordlike  form  and  an applicator to  melt and apply
it.
                                    1-4

-------
     There are two principal types of  equipment  for  the  application of
hot-melt adhesives:   melt  reservoir  and  "progressive  feed".   A melt
reservoir involves a quantity of adhesive melted in a pot and delivered
by a metering pump from the pot to a heated nozzle.  The adhesive is in
the form of  blocks,  chips,  or granules.   The melting  pot  is subjected
to a charge,  then heated to a  predetermined  temperature  under thermo-
static control, and the melt  is fed to a  nozzle or  cementing wheel by
a pump.  The components are  immediately bonded together with pressure.
     Only a  minimum  quantity of  hot-melts must be  molten at  any one
time with the  "progressive  feed" application method.  This  is because
the adhesive is fed continuously in the form of an elongated cord.  The
adhesive is  supplied  as a flexible, grooved  cylindrical  cord coiled on
reels.   The delivery rate of the melt  through  the nozzle is synchronized
with the  rate of  feed  of  the cord.   Between  the  feed  and delivery
point,  the  adhesive  passes  around  a  heated  melt  wheel  running  in an
eccentric groove.   The melt  chamber   is   formed by  the   small  tubular
space between the  wheel and the  casing.   Since the  internal capacity
of the unit  is  so small, only  a  few  grams of material  are  held above
the melt  temperature   inside  the  applicator.   Using  thermostatically
controlled heating elements  located at carefully selected points enables
the adhesive  to  be maintained  at its maximum  application temperature
without overheating.
     Uses of Hot-Melts2)
     There are many  diverse  applications  of  hot-melts.   As  production
speeds increase, economics  of hot-melts will become more  favorable, and
new uses will certainly be  found.
     At present, the most common uses  are the following:
     1.  Protective coating  of  paper,  cloth,  foil,  and plastic  film.
     2.  Lamination of the  same materials.
     3.  Structural  bonding  of  paper,  wood,   and   other  materials.
     4.  Pick-up gums and spot labeling.
     5.  Bonding of ceramics, cork, and metal.
                                   1-5

-------
     6.  Production  of  articles  made  from  paper,  foil  or  film  webs
         including several forms of containers and packages.
     With modern application equipment  using "progressive feed", and
especially with the  wide  range of  adhesive formulations  available  in
cord-like form,  a  number  of  varied  bond   properties  have  been  made
possible.  Some of these are:
     (1)  Effective bonding of flexible package at -40°F.
     (2)  Oil-resistive bonds  retaining  strength on papers with 4 to 6
          percent mineral oil.
     (3)  Effective bonding of lightly waxed surfaces.
     (4)  Strong uniform bonding  and  sealing of polyethylene films and
          coatings.
     (5)  Strong foil bonding.
     (6)  Fast, effective bonding of leathers.
     Process Emissions and Emission Points from Hot-Melt Adhesives
     According to  a  contact at  Bostik Chemical, Mittleton,  Massachu-
setts, the  hot-melt  adhesive  application method  is  the most  widely
practiced presently, and one of the  reasons  for this is the absence  of
volatile organic compound  emissions.   In the  future, water-base  ad-
hesives will  become  increasingly  popular   for the   same  reason.
     The only time that organic emissions are a possible threat during
hot-melt adhesive application is in  the event of accidental over-heating
of the material, resulting in thermal decomposition.
Solvent Adhesives
     Approximately 75 percent or more of all rubber-based adhesives are
used in the form of  solvent  cements^-'.   Noncrystalline, amorphous-type
thermoplastics can be joined to themselves  by applying the appropriate
solvents, solvent-polymer solutions, or monomer  compositions.  Polymeric
adhesives are  generally the  most  likely choice  for  the  bonding  of
dissimilar plastics.
                                   1-6

-------
     Solvent Adhesive Application
     The following are methods of application commonly used for solvent
cementing of similar plastics.
     Brush Application - Cement is brushed onto both adherends, and the
parts are joined while wet.  As in all solvent cementing, it is usually
preferable to  jig the  parts  in  place  so  that they  are  in  intimate
contact until  the bond  is  firmly  set.   Last  traces  of high-boiling
solvents will  often take  several  days  or more to completely evaporate.
Therefore, the  joint  should  not be  subjected  to  very  high  stresses
before the setting is completed.  It is sometimes desirable to mask the
areas immediately adjacent to the joint to be made,  since  running cement
will ruin the appearance of the plastic or other material being glued.
     Spraying - This method is often used when either large or numerous
pieces are to  be  cemented.  Uniform  application of cement  is a prime
advantage of this method but masking of the plastic  is usually required.
Adequate ventilation is necessary  for protection of  personnel.  Although
spraying provides a  rapid means  of  application,  more cement  is  often
used than when brush coating-*-).
     Dipping - Surfaces  to be  bonded  are often dipped into  the cement
for periods ranging from 1 second to more than 30 minutes, depending on
the plastic and cement used.  The surfaces to  be butt-joined are immersed
in the cement until softened, then removed and brought into contact.
     Felt Pad - This  method  involves  the  use  of a thick   felt  pad
partially immersed in  a pan of  solvent.  The solvent  "wicks" through
the felt fibers by capillary  action so that  the surface  of  the pad is
constantly wet.  Plastic surfaces to be joined are brought into contact
with the pad until properly softened.  This  method  is  especially  suit-
able for quick  assembly where extremely  strong  bonds  are not  a  prime
criterion and masking is undesirable.
                                   1-7

-------
     Hypodermic Syringes - These are sometimes used to introduce cement
into small,  otherwise  inaccessible  areas  where  a   bonded   joint  is
desirable-'-).
     Process Emissions and Emission Points for Solvent-Based Adhesives
     VOC emissions from solvent-based adhesives result from the evapor-
ation of solvents  in the  adhesive  as applied.  These include  aliphatic
and aromatic hydrocarbons,  alcohols,  and ketones  for the  most part.
As in the  case of  surface  coatings, the  solvent content of  adhesives
can constitute  the  major  portion  of  the  adhesive-solvent  mixture.
Emissions arise mainly at the point  of application and  in  many cases
are removed with local ventilation systems.  Some of the higher boiling
solvents can continue  to be evaporated with after removal of the bonded
products from  the  application  area.  Tables  1-2 and 1-3  present  the
major adhesive  consumers  and  resulting  volatile organic  emissions.
Adhesives and the Shoe Industry and Associated Emissions
     The .footwear  industry  is a major  user  of adhesives  for  the per-
manent bonding  of  leather and man-made materials.  The  adhesives  are
mostly neoprene (aliphatic, aromatic hydrocarbons) or urethane (ketones
such as acetone or MEK).
     These glues are applied automatically (extruded or rolled) or they
are brushed on  by hand.   In  what is  referred to as  the "fitting" room,
latex (a water-base  adhesive)  is  used.  This is  one  of  the  few water-
based adhesives utilized  since,  according to  a contact  at  Red  Wing
Shoes, the water-based glues  dry  very slowly and do  not  penetrate  the
leather very effectively.
     Until adhesive  technology  advances substantially  toward  improved
water-based glues,   the  shoe  industry  must  depend  on  solvent-based
adhesives-^).  In limited  instances,  hot-melt  adhesives   are  used  to
assemble various parts of  shoes").   The volatile  organic  compounds
generated at  the  Red  Wing  Shoe  manufacturing  facility   in  Minnesota
are vented to  the  atmosphere.   They are  not  subjected  to an  after-
burner since the sources of  VOCs are  spread out through the operation-^) .
                                    1-8

-------



































CVJ
-H
W
rJ
pa
<<
H


































































CO
w

<3
1— 1
H
CO
w

M
CO
z
O
H
^ti
u
M
JV .
M
CO
CO
cj
S-i
H
CO
0
Q
S
L 1

ft*
O

r i

•S
2
Q
pa


0
CO
z
<'
eT
w
J§
CO
o
CJ

CO


i_j
CO
W
1
fit
O




































c
01
3
"c
CA

C

5
i-H
O
CO
X
"C

f-
c
4>
C "O •"••
2 -1) 41 X
•- > X 4)
r* -H «j ,e
-t o 2Q t3
c/3 <

JJ W
C S
41 4)
W >
u —

O- CO











4J
C
 •
Cfl iH
CC O






01
X
vO
p^.
ON
































**7
t
"U
—
-
~
.0



2
^


CO
g
^
.0
rH

y
i

T3
OJ
W
C8
.a





01
CJ
u
3
CO

.4
51
<->
O
u
u

^*
£
fH


£

^
•a

^^
A
fH

T"
C







C
o
•rt
4-1

•H
Q.
O.










O

u
a





CN
\O sO CN r^
CN rH m r**
ft -^ O >n


m CN ON co

•••T ^H CN n






O in o o
in
m (N co
fH CO •* • > O i- 1
O O 0 O
0 0 1-4 U u

cC
4-t
o * • • •
H < CC < CO

c
o

u crj 1—1
y ^H .ja
3 U C
4-1 XX
CC 3 CO
c -c <
p c



tN
*«D in
->j r^
"

CN -ff

•^ "^
ON in












-3
S m

O w
CN crj




cfl x
u jj
X CQ
CC fl
CJ O
^
t- Ul
0-, CM



O vO
p*i in




<• co
CN m

rH

.n
S CN



-31 00
00 CN
CO -H




4)
OJ
C

CC
T3 O
C CC
CO
O)
o "3
o u
O -H
3 u

£ °


< 09
X
i* CA
CJ OJ
3 -H
•3 I-
O u
^ CO
*" ^
t: c
O M
O
3



1
1



1







1
1

t
I



CO
=
o






u
K
A
U
•o
OJ
a.



•*
xO




0
o




ON



CTN
C^l
CN







OJ

3 en
CO 01
CO -i-l
cu cc
E
£ CO
COfJ
•H


CJ














ir
—
CN


~*

^






0



CN


to
1
z

in
CN




u

a
u
•a
OJ
u



0
•»




CN
CO







CN
fN





>,
fH

e
X
Cfl
<

u
^
c
^
3
U-


a














r^r^-rsi o>oo i— < r^- n ^r *n
-3- m ,-H i i rvt so -^ o O NON
"
r^ m in
O ^ CN r*-|n .>isDin OOCN ^r-.

»o -3" \o l I oo fsj O I-H co ON ?*} >n r*» t CN so

m ,-H




OOOIlO O OOltO
f*^ n in i i tn n c*^ in i t tn

CN -H ON sc p*. m 1 m
II • . . i t .
r--OCNI|r-. -T CNF-^I ?st
d JN CN -3" rH sO —t
00 fN
*J W U3 M
Qy3C/3 ZSE V3-:
C/3 COti^*^1^ W t/3 W CO "~3 S W
3 3322 n nooo-j-ss n
S .S Q £ ZfHrHfHSZ: U-i S
000 0
O OOllO OO OiJiJ^-iOO ) 4jsn
fH i— (in iH ^co f^ccccra-H,— i ccr*>.


C --
C , =

u xxcc^x xuxnXcncjccxx
cc cctOcrjcrj crjcccccoccc^C iw C3 cc
CJ •" U OCJ"H-n CJ O CJCJCJ CJCJ 33'JCJ
-O O O -O-oai-H T3 -^ t3-^-C •C'C -HCa*CT3
i) a- OH ot(.u.aa; a) --H QJ cu i* 41 DU ™ s D i)
U 3 3 WUCU U.^ Iu u 1- 1- UU O. JH U
SH caa-cua a* S O-.sua,a-a.,£., 1-J
X X 4J 4)
X f- 1 4U CO Cu rH
w 4) CJ CJ C ?C CO
CJ J3 rH3X 3CL,— fC-HQ^tn
o xcc-a-H3C4Jx j=uu*J
o -o 41 HXOIOCOIIOCJ COICQOCW — -HO
3 i- Q. r- 1 4-t CC fH -H CJ 3 I— ' > O C -H U3
v- oxH "cu^aj'cjc'rHr-'o x"w«*J-^ci.i"«"? xi-i
CU .^4) £cB>CC'H34f,H MCTJ^C3^i4^<^ 4)4)

O fH fH 32 33 0- U O O C < < Cu 3£ a- HO
CQ CC • *
U U rH CN
a Hs-^uawwafc < = cJCMi. u -



X
u to
U i- C

fH "O 4> C£
-H O 3 « U
4j u 4j ^ ai
X ^ 0 U J=
CU O to u
H ii a« o

CM
rsi
•*
•H
sC

-n

^

fN
rH




in
CN

^o
"^

































m
CO
	 ,
^
~i
^























< -i

o cu

01

01
ca
1-9

-------
£

































CO
w
c_>
^
O
CO
ca
o
-3
2
"
,
J*"S
^

[T^
rfjj
S
§
CO












































CO
c
O s~^
co cfl
CO CU
•H >,

b! "^
rH
4-> CO
C 60
CU
j> §

O *~*
oo












































S-i
o
4-1
CJ
cu
CO
C
o
•H
4-1
cfl
O
•H
rH
a.
ex
 CO
•H o 0)
4J TH C
•H 4J CO
Cfl Cfl rH
C 0 rH
01 TH CU
CO rH CJ
CX CO
11 O, TH
r< < 2
3
co s-i -o
co cu C
0) 42 CO
S-I 4J
(X O


• •
i-H CN






**O CO
• •
u"l \o






































60
C
•H
60
cfl
^
O
CO
ft

01
rH
43
•H
X
CU
rH
<4H

T3
cu
4-1
cu
^
C '*~N
0 42
CJ CU
*•— ' 3
1
CO -i-l
O> 4-1
4J rH
Cfl 3
Cg CO
•H 4-J
e i o
CO 1 3
1—3 T3
CO O
60 4-1 |_i
CO O-i
•H 3
60 -a s-i
CO O o>
v! j_^ 43
GO- 42
CO 3



• •
ro 






CN CO CO
• • •
 ro






























T3 T3
rl C
cO •* cfl
O l-i
42 cu -o
a. cu
T3 CO 4J
c a co
CO 60
rH 3
S-I rH S-<
CU cfl S-i
ft 3 0
aG
M
CO 60
4-J 4-1 C
3 0) -H CO
O rH T3 0)
43 3 ft
CU CO rH o
•H 4J G rH
T3 >
1 C (2
1 -H CO 01
4-1 S-I
CO vH 0) •>
4J S-I C CO
CJ 3 TH J^ &Q
3 CO o C
•O " 4-1 cfl -H
O co C co l-i
i-i 4-1 o cu
O-i G G T3 >
3 C 0
l-i T! - CO O
CU O CO
CX S-I rH CO rH
Cfl ft CO 60 rH
0* -H cfl cfl
S-i M 43 S
"O CU 0)
CU ft 4-1 )j TJ
4-1 cfl aj 0) C
l-i ft B ft TJ
01 CO
> X 60 ft 01
C S-i C rH
O cfl -H « S-i TH
U 4-1 T3 SJ CO H
•H rH CU 0)
S-l C TH 42 3 |_,
Ol Cfl 3 -H 4-1 O
42 Cfl 42 MH O O
4-1 O rH
O fa ft,


• • •
r*** cp o*\





CO
MH C
O 0
•H
C cn
O CO
TH iH
4J B
ft cu
0)
G 42
X G
CU -H
42
4J B
0
42 l-i
4-1 MH
•H
3 -
CO
S-I 4-1
CO G
0) 3
-^. O
rH ft
cfl
60 T)
O
2 O
Wri F^
2- 3
un s-i
• 0)
CN 42
C O
cO
42 -a
t! c
cfl

CU **
4-1 C
cfl O
CU -H
>^ -[„>
60 Cfl
i— 1
CO 3
C co •
O C rH
•H -H o
CO -C
CO CO 0
•H CO CJ
6 <0 rH
01 rH Cfl
60
42 rH
4-J ~ >>
•H T3 42
3 I-l 4J
CO 0)
co O B
cu 42
G ^3
S-l CU C
3 rH CO
0 G
CO vH rH
4J O
•H SJ 42
rH CO O
co ft y
r-H
0) "CO
•a s-i
3 CU rH
rH 0) >,
G C 42
C CU 4-1
•H > 0)

CO "O >•>
CO C rH
CU Cfl 4H
s-i cu
co -a -H
O 42
0) O G
co 3
cu >> cu
42 rH Jj
H ft CO


/-™s
CO




















































































rH
rH

0)
G
c
CU

CU
UH
a)

                                           1-10

-------
At that facility, which employes between 700 to 800 people, the quantity
of VOC losses  amounts to  about  55 gallons per  day  (about  50 tons per
year), a  snail amount of  loss according to the  shoe industry-^ since
International  Shoe  of Jackson, Missouri  emits  2,000  tons  per  year of
VOCs, and various footwear assembly facilities  in St.  Louis emit  between
800 and  1,000  tons  per  year.  These  operations  currently incorporate
no organic abatement  equipment''.
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     The VOC  emission problem from  the  application  of  adhesives is
largely restricted  to that from organic  solvent-based adhesives.  The
trend in control technology for solvent adhesives is not to control the
emissions from this  type of adhesive, but rather  to replace them with a
non-polluting waterborne type  adhesive which  can perform all the func-
tions of  the   solvent-borne adhesives^'-^.   Another  alternative  is to
choose hot-melt adhesives which also maintain an  excellent non-polluting
reputation").
     Hot-melt adhesive application  is the most widely used and does not
incorporate control  technology since  this  method does  not  result in
volatile organic emissions"'.   Water-base adhesives  will  become more
widely used  in  the  future and  these  too  do  not contribute  organic
emissions^), hence requiring no emission control  technology.
     According to the  South Coast  Air Quality Management District (Los
Angeles Basin),  they  know of  no  adhesive application  operations cur-
rently using any add-on control technology.   In addition, a representa-
tive from that agency reported that adhesive  application operations do
not pose a  serious  contribution to the total  VOC emissions  of  the Los
Angeles Basin.    However,   precipitators  are  recommended  to   abate  any
visible emissions due  to over-heating the adhesive.
     There are several advantages  to using waterborne adhesives:  (1)
the emissions are non-polluting and satisfy the most stringent environ-
mental requirements;  (2) as the  cost  of  petroleum rises,  the cost  of
organic solvents  will  rise  with  it;  (3)   the  danger  of  residual
                                     1-11

-------
odor in a finished product is minimized; (4) fire hazards are eliminated,
reducing insurance  rates;  and  (5)  solvent  fumes  that  linger  in the

ambient air  around  processing machinery  are absent,  therefore making
the workplace safer and more comfortable^).

     In addition, there  are  the  minor  advantages of  easy  cleanup and

the absence of attack on solvent-sensitive substrates.


STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES

     Currently there are no  specific  or local  emission control regula-
tions concerned with the application  of adhesives.   There are numerous

general volatile  organic  compound  emisson  rules.  However,  the  State
of Virginia Air Pollution Rules exempts adhesives  from the  general VOC
emission regulations.


REFERENCES

1.  Irving  Skeist,  Handbook of  Adhesives,  Reinhold  Publishing,  1962.

2.  R. B.  Seymour,  Hot  Organic Coatings,  New York, Reinhold Publishing
    Corp., 1959.

3.  Contact with Red Wing Shoe, Red Wing Minnesota Adhesives Laboratory,
    Jan. 1981.

4.  Adolph Miller, Dissolving the Myths of Waterborne Adhesives, Paper,
    Film and Foil CONVERTER,  Dec.  1980.

5.  William J.  Storck,  Adhesives  Use  to Continue Modest  Climb, C & EN,
    February 2, 1981.

6.  Phone  conversation  with Leon  Pechinsky,   Lab  Manager  of  Bostik
    Chemical, Dec.  1980.

7.  L.  Powell  Foster,   Hot-Melt  Adhesives  for   Bag  Production,  Paper,
    Film and Foil CONVERTER,  Dec.  1980.

8.  Charles V. Cagle, Adhesive Bonding, McGraw-Hill, 1968.

9.  Contact  with  Superintendent   of  International  Shoe  Co.,  Jackson,
    Missouri, March 1981.

10.  James  O'Leary,  Striving for  Compliance with  High  Solids/Solvent
     Adhesives, Paper,  Film and Foil CONVERTER,  Dec. 1980.

11.  William L. Johnson, EPA, Durham, NC,  October 1980.
                                   1-12

-------
                                SECTION 2
                           ASPHALT AIR BLOWING

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     Asphalt is produced  largely  from residues of  atmospheric  or vacuum
distillation of crude  oil.  Some is  derived  from propane de-asphalting.
Over 99  percent  of  that  used  is from  petroleum refinery  sources,  with
ever decreasing amounts  of  natural asphalt  from  seepage  being used-'-'.
Asphalt  from these sources can  be used  directly or modified by air blow-
ing.  Air blowing of asphalt stock (flux) converts it to a harder product
by air contact at  a  temperature of  200°C to 240°C (392°F to 464°F).  The
process  is  largely  a  dehydrogenation  process  with the  vacated  sites
stimulating condensation or  polymerization  of  the asphalt.   The reaction
is exothermic and  water  is a principal by-product.  Most of  the asphalt
air blowing is carried out in  petroleum refineries or asphalt processing
plants, with  the   remaining   amount  being  done   in  roofing  plants.
     Air blowing is  conducted in  horizontal or  vertical  vessels, and can
be carried out batch-wise  or continuously (Figure 2-1).   Vertical stills
are more  effective  because  of   longer  air-asphalt  contact  time.   The
continuous process  has  advantages  of  better  operational  control,  less
pre-heat capacity requirement, and  lower  blowing  losses.  The continuous
process usually operates  at  a  constant temperature (260°C =  500°F) and
constant liquid level.
     While the largest use of  asphalt is for paving  (about  75 percent),
relatively little   paving  asphalt  is  air   blown^).    Approximately  20
percent of  asphalt  production  is  consumed  in manufacture  of  roofing
products.  Some is used  as saturant in asphalt roofing felt  and some is
used as a coating.   All  roofing asphalts  are  air  blown.   About 5 percent
of asphalt  goes  to  cements, coatings,  emulsions,  pipe  coatings,  auto
undercoatings,  laminates, water proofings, potting  compounds,  and nearly
200 other uses.  Some of  these  use air blown asphalt.
Process Emissions  and Emission  Points
     Emissions  from asphalt  air blowing include both  gases  and aerosols.
Excluding the nitrogen,  residual  oxygen and water of formation,  most of
                                  2-1

-------
                                                                       FIGURE 2-1
   t—
   C/9
          "         '!	*
CO
                                     2-2
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
the gas  phase  emissions are  hydrocarbons.   Relatively little  oxygen is
retained in  the  asphalt,  but some  oxygenated hydrocarbon  products are
formed.  The  lower  molecular  weight  hydrocarbons, oxygenates,  and some
contaminant sulfur and nitrogen  compounds are  carried out of the blowing
still together with  nitrogen, air, and water  vapor.   It  is conventional
practice, even without  specific  air  pollution  control  regulations,  to
pass these  off-gases  through a  knock-out   drum   or  condenser  prior  to
discharge to the atmosphere  vent stack.  Some aerosols  and condensibles
are removed  from  the  effluent  stream prior to discharge to atmosphere.
Relatively little  testing  has  been  performed  on   blowing  stills*.

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     From a practical point of  view,  only thermal afterburners have been
used to  control emissions  of volatile  organic  carbon from  asphalt air
blowing.  Afterburners  are  effective in  destroying  odiferous  gases and
will combust non-condensible VOC emissions as well.
     Afterburners are classified  as either thermal  (i.e.,  direct  flame)
or catalytic.   The  primary advantage  of catalytic  afterburners  is that
they use much  less  supplemental  fuel  than an equivalent  thermal  after-
burner.  Catalytic afterburners are  not  used or  recommended  for  control
of hydrocarbon emissions from asphalt blowing stills because the catalyst
is subject  to  rapid poisoning  and  plugging due  to  constituents  of the
fumes from asphalt processes-*'.
     Thermal afterburners destroy  combustible  pollutants  through  oxida-
tion to  C02 and water.   Temperatures  of  650°  to  760°C (1200° to 1400°F),
maintained for 0.1 to 0.3 seconds of  fume residence  time,  are sufficient
to obtain  nearly  complete  oxidation of  most combustible  pollutants'^'.
Destruction of most hydrocarbons occurs rapidly at 593° to  650°C (1100°
*Data collected  by  EPA  shows  uncontrolled  gaseous  hydrocarbon  emis-
 sions ranging from  about  6,000  to  9,000 ppm.  At  the  plant  tested this
 is equivalent to an average  emission factor of 1.32 Ib. VOC emissions per
 ton of saturant asphalt blown and  3.48  Ibs.  per  ton  of coating asphalt.
                                    2-3

-------
to 1200°F), but  destruction  of some organic  compounds,  such as methane,
and the oxidation of CO to CC>2 requires longer residence times and higher
temperatures.  Temperatures  of 760°  to  816°C  (1400°  to 1500°F)  may be
required if the  methane content  of  the  hydrocarbon is  over 1000 ppm '.
Large droplets (50  to  100 micron) require longer residence  times at the
above temperatures; however, these large droplets are also easily removed
in simple cyclones and knock-out vessels^).
     The steps involved in  dilute fume incineration are  shown schemati-
cally in Figure  2-2.   As  shown in the  figure, part  of  the fume stream is
sometimes bypassed around the  fuel combustion  process  to  preclude flame
quenching and  combustion  instability.   In  the  case  of exhaust  streams
containing emissions  from asphalt  blowing,  it is  common  to use  only
outside air in the combustion of fuel, since burner fouling is a problem.
For other asphalt roofing  processes,  burner fouling seems to  be  less of
a problem, and the fume stream is often used as a major source of combus-
tion air.  The fume  not used for combustion  must then  be  mixed with the
hot combustion products to give a uniform temperature to all fume flowing
through the afterburner.  This mixing should be done  as rapidly as possible
without causing  flame  quenching so that  sufficient  residence time can be
provided at  the  required  temperature.  Temperature  and  residence  time
are somewhat interchangeable; a higher  temperature allows use of a shorter
residence time and vice versa.   This is illustrated in  Figure 2-3 which
indicated that for a 0.1 second residence time the efficiency of pollutant
oxidation varies  from  90 percent at  666°C  (1231°F)  to  100  percent  at
725°C (1337°F).  For a 1.0  second residence  time,  the  efficiency varies
from 90 percent  at  623°C (1153°F) to  100  percent  at  666°C  (1231°F).
     The typical effect of operating temperature on the effectiveness of
thermal afterburner destruction of hydrocarbons is  shown  in Figure  2-4.
The figure shows that  the efficiency  of hydrocarbon  destruction varies
from about 90  percent  to  almost 100 percent  over a  temperature  range of
about 677°C to 760°C (1250°F to 1400°F).  For  a given  level  of pollutant
destruction for  different afterburner designs, the  major  factor  that
influences the residence time  required at  a  given  operating temperature
(above about 538°C  [1000°F]) is the effectiveness with  which the  fume is
                                   2-4

-------
                                                                                FIGURE  2-2
0)
4->
3
i-l
•H
T3

(U
 cn
 3
 o
 o
 c
 o
 O
 c
rH  0)
 3  C
14-1  )-l
 03  3
 M ,O
 0)  i-l
 O  —i
                              2: or ^3 o
                              o    i— i—i
                              i-> t— < U_
                              I— < a: u_
                              :z    LU zj
                              LLJ UJ Q- OO
                              i— 2: s:
                              LU ID uj a:
                              0£ U_ V- O
   LU     UJ
   2!     00
   =)     
          02
          s:
          o
        ca
        s:
        o
Q_ U.
Q.
00
            I

           a:
           >—4
             u.
     uj •— «C
     U1 1—     UJ
     ^3 00 UJ  21
        ^> Q  =D
     UJ O2 >—i  U_
     O3 2! 00     C£
        o I—  u_ uj
     >- C_) Z3  >—' "Z.
     ef.    O     0£.
     2: >-     o ^)
        _j     UJ CQ
     UJ Q_   •  Q
     2: Q_ a:  uj
     ^3 ra >—i  uj
     u. oo 
-------
                                    FIGURE 2-3
                           IS
                           II
                            §
                           gs
                                       M-
                                       O

                                       O)
                                       C
                                       O
                                       
-------
                                                                       FIGURE 2-4
 I
 c
 o
I
    100
    90
    SO
    60
    50
Hydrocarbons
   Only
                              Hydrocarbon •+• CO
            650
            (1200)
                   705
                  (1300)
 760
(1400)
 815
(1500)
                            Temperature °C (°F)
Typical  effect of  operating  temperature  on effectiveness of  thermal
afterburner for  destruction  of hydrocarbons and  carbon monoxide.4)
                                2-7
                                                     ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
mixed with  the  combustion products.  If hydrocarbons  are  present in the
exhaust gas of any afterburner  operating at  a  nominal  combustion chamber
temperature above 760°C  (1400°F)  (or above 649°C  [1200°F]  for  all but a
few hydrocarbons), it  is due  to poor mixing and non-uniform treatment of
the fume stream  or  too short residence time of the fume at temperature.
Typically, afterburners  are  designed with average  residence  times which
vary from 0.1  to  0.5 seconds,  but  the  amount   of  time required to raise
the cold fume  up to the  desired  temperature often  exceeds  this average
residence time.  Also, not all portions of the  fume are in the combustion
chamber an equal amount of time; some portions  are swept out very quickly
while others  are retained  for an  appreciable  time.   The variation in
residence time,  which  is a function  of  flow patterns  in  the  combustion
chamber, can  appreciably affect  afterburner performance.   In  practice,
operating personnel  compensate  for  deficiencies in  design  by increasing
the operating temperature of the thermal afterburners during the start-up
phase until a temperature is reached which produces the desired pollutant
destruction.
     Little maintenance  is  required  on  most thermal  afterburners.   The
main operating problems  involve  safety controls,  erosion  or  cracking of
refractory linings,   heat  exchanger  fouling,  or  mechanical failure  and
bearing failure in the fans.
     The major distinguishing feature of  thermal afterburners, as compared
to non-combustion  control techniques  for  hydrocarbons,  is  the use of
fuel.  Because exhaust gases  from the afterburner  are  typically at  649°
to 816°C (1200° to 1500°F), many asphalt roofing plants  use heat exchangers
to recover  the  waste heat.  This  recovered waste  heat  may be  used  for
many of the plant processes.
     Thermal afterburners, like all  combustion sources,  have the  potential
for generating secondary pollutants  due to oxidation of nitrogen, sulfur,
and metals  in  the fume  or  fuel.   Thermal  afterburners,  in  comparison
with power plant boilers and  industrial  furnaces,  have low NOX  emissions
because of their lower operating temperatures.  The low operating tempera-
tures and dilution of combustion products  by excess air  and  fume results
in a NOX effluent concentration of  5 to 15 ppm.  Emissions  of  SC>2 depend
on the sulfur content of  the fuel burned and on the sulfur  content of  the
fune because almost 100 percent of this sulfur  will be  converted to  S02-
                                     2-8

-------
     Costs for  controlling  blowing  stills  in  model  plants have  been
estimated by the U.S. EPA3'.  In all  cases the air  blowing  was conducted
as part of operations  at integrated roofing plants.  Model plant asphalt
production ranged from  46,200 Mg/yr.  (50,931 tons/yr.) to 116,219 Mg/yr.
(128,122 tons/yr.).  Still  sizes ranged  from  75.7 m3  (20,000  gals.) to
94.6 m3 (25,000 gals.).  The basis  for control was an afterburner having
a design operating temperature of 815°C  (1500°F)  and  a residence time of
0.3 to  0.5 seconds.   Depending  upon the size  of  the plant,  the  cost
effectiveness for particulate phase  organics  controlled ranged from $98/Mg
($89/ton) to $134/Mg ($121/ton).  These  figures cannot  be  used directly
for the vapor phase portion  of the  organic  emissions.  Since particulate
phase organic emissions  from blowing  stills  are about  six  times as high
as vapor phase  organic  emissions,  the  cost effectiveness  on  the  vapor
phase portion  alone  would  be about  six times  as high  as  the  figures
reported above.   The  proper allocation  of control costs,  therefore,
depends upon whether one or  both of the  two  classes of organic emissions
require emission controls.

STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     Existing air pollution  control rules and  regulations  at  the  state
and local  level  have  been  directed  at  particulate  emissions,  visible
plumes, and odorous emissions from  asphalt air  blowing.   While there are
no regulations directly affecting volatile organic compound emissions from
this source,  the Bay Area  Air  Quality Management District  in California
does have  a   regulation  covering   asphalt   air  blowing  which  requires
incineration of the effluent at  not  less  than 650°C (1202°F) for a period
of not less than 0.3  seconds.   This  rule is directed towards odors  but
would be effective in  controlling VOC emissions as well.   A  copy of the
rule is  attached.   Performance  standards under  consideration   for  the
asphalt roofing manufacturing  industry under  Section 111  of the  Clean
Air Act (42 U.S.C.  7411), as amended would include asphalt blowing stills
at roofing plants and  refineries as affected facilities.   The  numerical
performance standards under  consideration are  based  upon mass  emission
rate of particulates and upon opacity.   VOC emissions are not  directly
affected.   However,   afterburners are  the   only  demonstrated  means  of
control for blowing still emissions.  Tests  conducted  on  a  well designed
                                     2-9

-------
afterburner indicate that VOC  emissions,  as well as organic particulates
are reduced  by  the  use  of  afterburners.    VOC  reduction  efficiencies
exceeded 99 percent in all tests conducted for the New Source Performance
Standards study.


REFERENCES

1.  Evans, J.V.  Asphalt  Industry:   Kirk-Othmer  Encyclopedia of Chemical
    Technology, Volume 3,  3rd Ed., Mark, H.F. et  at  (Ed.).  John Wiley and
    Sons, a Wiley-Interscience Publication,  New York, N.Y., 1978.

2.  Telecon.  Marker, V.,  The Asphalt Institute,  with Bryan, R., ES Inc.,
    November 12, 1980.  Usage of Air Blown Asphalt.

3.  "Asphalt Roofing Manufacturing  Industry -  Background Information for
    Proposed Standard."  EPA-450/3-78.  Draft EIS.  June 1978.

4.  Afterburner  Systems  Study.   U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency.
    Research Triangle Park,  N.C.  EPA-R2-72-062.   August 1972.
                                   2-10

-------
                                 REGULATION  12
            MISCELLANEOUS STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
                                       RULE 3
                             ASPHALT AIR BLOWING
12-3-10O   GENERAL

12-3-101   Description: This Rule applies to operations involving the air blowing of asphalt.

12-3-300   STANDARDS
12-3-301   Processing of Gases: A person shall not engage in the air blowing of asphalt unless all
           gases, vapors and gas-entrained effluents are incinerated at temperatures of not less than
           650°C (1202°F) for a period of not less than 0.3 seconds; or processed in a manner which
           is equally or more effective for the purpose of air pollution odor control as determined by
           the APCO.

12-3-50O   MONITORING AND RECORDS
1 2-3-501   Monitoring: A person incinerating or processing gases,  vapors or gas-entrained effluents
           pursuant to this Rule shall provide, install, calibrate and maintain in  good  working order
           devices  for indicating temperature, pressure or other operating conditions, as  specified
           by the APCO.
                                   12-3-3

-------
                               SECTION 3
                       BARGE AND TANKER CLEANING

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     Cargo tanks  on  tankers  or  barges  carrying  crude   oil,  various
petroleum products  or  other  volatile  organic  liquids  are  cleaned
regularly or occasionally for one of the following purposes:
     0  Cleaning for removal of sludge
     0  Cleaning for de-ballasting
     0  Cleaning for shipyard entry
     0  Cleaning  of  product  carriers  to  insure  product  purity
This cleaning generally is conducted during or after cargo unloading in
the destination port.  The cleaning for removal of sludge is essentially
applicable only to crude  oil  carriers.  In the  case of sludge removal,
both crude oil  wash (COW) and  water washing methods  are  used.   Often
both are used with the water wash  following the crude oil wash.  Washing
for other  purposes  is usually  done with  water.   When human  entry is
required into cargo  tanks,  such  as  for repairs  to  be conducted  in a
shipyard, tanks are gas-freed by air blowing following  the  tank cleaning
operation.
     Barges are  cleaned  much  less  frequently  than tankers.  This is
probably because many barges  are in dedicated  service carrying gasoline,
light fuel oils, and liquid petrochemicals, e.g. benzene.
     Tank washing is, of course, associated with a good  deal of splashing
action.  As a result of this  splashing  and  agitation, the VOC concentra-
tion in a tank  can  increase  after cleaning.  Whether and how long this
condition persists  is subject  to a  number  of  other  factors.   These
include (1)  method  of  disposal  of  slops   (residual  VOL   or  VOL-water
mixture) — at  the  loading  or unloading ports  or at  sea,  (2)  whether
the cleaned tank is  purged with inert gas  or gas-freed with air after
cleaning, (3) how   effective  was  the  cleaning   in  removing  residual
volatile organic liquid, and (4) temperature of cleaning fluid.
                                     3-1

-------
     On November  19,  1979 the  U.S.  Coast  Guard  published regulations
relating to tanker safety  and  oil pollution which could have an impact
on tanker  cleaning  emissions*.   Under  these  regulations  new  crude
carriers larger than  20,000  DWT would be required  to  have COW systems
and existing crude carriers larger than 40,000 DWT would be required to
retrofit with  either  a  COW system,  clean  ballast  tanks  (CBT),  or
segregated ballast tanks (SET).  The purpose of these regulations is to
reduce operational oil pollution.  COW systems reduce the potential for
oil pollution  by  reducing the  clingage  that remains  after  cargo dis-
charge.  In  the  case  of  crude  oil  tankers,   the U.S.  Coast  Guard
regulation assumes that clingage amounts to 0.4 percent of the original
cargo.  If tank washing is carried out with water,  the oil-water mix-
ture (slops)  resulting is  often  discharged at  sea.    Clingage  after
crude oil washing is  reduced to about 1/30,000 (0.0033 percent) of the
original cargo.  During  washing the run-down puts  the  semi-solid oily
residue back into liquid  suspension.  Therefore, crude oil  washing is
usually done during cargo discharge.
     As mentioned earlier, the crude oil washing results in higher tank
concentrations of VOC after cargo discharge.  Therefore, the U.S. Coast
Guard is  requiring  that  tankers  with  COW  systems  and no  segregated
ballast tanks  (used with sea water only) have the capability to conduct
vapors displaced during  ballasting  back to  tanks that  are discharging
crude oil.  This  would be  done  with  internal  vapor  balance  systems.
Obviously, ballasting  would  have to  be conducted  simultaneously  with
cargo discharge operations.  This inter-tank balancing should reduce or
eliminate ballasting emissions at  discharge  ports, but filling emissions
at loading ports  could increase unless onshore vapor  recovery systems
were available.
     Barges are  not  ballasted.  However,  filling  emissions  of  VOC
could increase under some circumstances if tanks are cleaned.   In a
*33 CFR, Part 157 - Rules  and  Regulations for Protection of the Marine
 Environmental Relating to Tank Vessels Carrying Oil in Domestic Trade,
 Part D - Crude Oil Washing Systems on Tank Vessels, Part 157.132 -
 Cargo Tanks:  Hydrocarbon Vapor Emissions.
                                    3-2

-------
study sponsored by the  API-'-),  three compartments in a barge previously
carrying gasoline were  washed  with hot  (180°F)  water.   Two tanks were
subsequently air blown.   Hydrocarbon  concentrations in all three tanks
following the  washing  were  higher  than the  saturation  concentration
for the  reported  cargo temperature  and RVP.   Subsequent  tests made
during gasoline loading  showed that the  emissions from all three tanks
were higher than those  from tanks which had previously contained diesel
fuel and not cleaned prior to  loading with gasoline.
     There are no  satisfactory methods  for predicting  emissions from
tank cleaning or from operations conducted subsequent to tank cleaning.
A careful analysis  of the operations to  be  conducted should, however,
enable a prediction to be made  as  to the general  direction of the effect
on emissions.

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     Tanker and barge  cleaning emissions essentially  result  from dis-
placement of  VOC  vapor  mixtures  from   tanks   after  cleaning.   This
displacement results from  ballasting  or  loading  cargo into tanks which
have been cleaned in such a way that the significant VOC concentrations
are still  present  at  time  of ballasting  or  loading.    As  discussed
earlier, the U.S. Coast Guard  published  regulations requiring internal
balancing of ballasting emissions on tankers equipped with COW systems.
An alternate scheme  of control would be to discharge  these  emissions
into a shore-based vapor  recovery system.  Such a  system  would  not  be
installed exclusively  to  handle  emissions  from cleaned  tanks  having
high VOC concentrations, but  for all loading and ballasting emissions.
     Where internal  balancing systems are used, the tanks receiving the
displaced vapors  will very likely  contain higher concentrations  of VOC
upon return  to  the  loading  port.  These high  arrival  concentrations
could be reduced by inert  gas  purging  or gas-freeing during the return
voyage.   Should the  loading port  be equipped  with  a vapor  recovery
system,  VOC emitted  during loading would be  controlled  regardless  of
concentration.   There  are  no   vapor  recovery  systems   known  to  be
installed at marine  terminals  in  the  United   States  at  the  present
time.
                                   3-3

-------
     In the  case  of barge  cleaning with  water,  the use  of  hot water
could be  avoided.   Further,  the  cleaning  should  be  done just after
unloading instead of immediately prior to loading.

STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     There are  no  federal,  state,  or  local  regulations  specifically
addressed to  VOC emissions  resulting  from  tanker or  barge  cargo tank
cleaning.  The  U.S.  Coast  Guard  regulations  relating  to  use  of  COW
systems (mentioned earlier)  do  require  internal tank vapor balancing
during ballasting.    This  has the  effect  of reducing  ballasting emis-
sions, but possibly increasing subsequent loading emissions.

REFERENCES
1.  "8-31 Marine Emissions Study, Final Report," 8-31 Technical Advisory
    Committee, American  Petroleum  Institute,  Washington,  D.C.,  1978.
                                   3-4

-------
                               SECTION 4
          BARGE AND TANKER LOADING OF VOLATILE ORGANIC LIQUIDS

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     The operations  covered  in this  source category are  conducted at
marine terminals.  These are  usually located adjacent to refineries or
chemical plants, but may also  be operated  as the  terminus of a dedicated
or jointly used  pipeline.   They may be located  in deep water ports or
inland waterways.  Operations conducted include  the loading and unload-
ing of crude  oil,  gasoline,  and other volatile  organic liquids such as
benzene.  In  the  United States crude  oil  loading  is rather uncommon;
essentially all  the  crude  oil  arrives  for  unloading  in  tankers.
     The transfer  operations  carried  out  at marine terminals  have a
certain degree  of similarity  to  those  conducted at  conventional re-
finery and  pipeline  truck  terminals  and  bulk  plants.   The  major
differences relate  to  scale  of  operations  and  the  necessity  to load
ballast water to  some vessels which would  otherwise depart empty after
cargo unloading.   Ballasting  is essentially  restricted  to tankers and
may be done  using dedicated ballast  tanks  or cargo  tanks.   Most bal-
lasting is  done  in  crude   oil   tankers.    Because   tanker  and  barge
operations are  rather  different,  they will be  discussed separately.
In the case of tankers we will concentrate  on crude ballasting, and for
barges on gasoline loading.
Crude Ballasting in Tankers
     Following the discharge  of  crude  oil  cargo, sufficient  ballast
water must be loaded on tankers to permit  them  to depart port safely.
Increasing numbers of tankers have  sufficient segregated ballast tanks
so that ballast  need  not  be  added  in  port  to cargo  tanks which contained
crude oil prior  to unloading.   However,  most of the  tankers  currently
in service require  some ballasting  in  cargo tanks.  A  ship's  captain
may decide to  take  on  more than  the  normal amount  of  ballast  if  he
decides that sea conditions require additional ballast.   In such cases,
it is possible that some ballasting  in  cargo tanks may take place even
in ships with provision  for segregated  ballast.   The  amount of ballast
                                  4-1

-------
received at the dock (exclusive of that introduced to segregated  tanks)
is typically  about  20 percent  of the  crude carrying capacity of the
tanker.
     When ballast water  is added to  tanks  previously containing  crude
oil the  vapor laden atmosphere  of  the tank is  displaced in an  amount
equal to  the  volume  of  ballast  water  added.  The  hydrocarbon  vapor
concentration is related  to the vapor pressure of  the crude at time of
arrival, the  rate   of  unloading, the delay  after unloading  prior to
ballasting, whether the tank was slack (short) loaded at time of  arrival,
whether any lightering  of cargo  took place,  and  sun exposure of the
cargo tank.   Slack  loading and lightering  results in additional  vapor
space prior to  dockside  unloading and  thus a greater  opportunity for
vapor concentrations to reach equilibrium with the cargo as compared to
the situation with a full cargo compartment where evaporation must  take
place during the period of  unloading  and standing prior  to ballasting.
Delays in the start of ballasting provides  time  for additional  evapora-
tion from the cargo heel in the tank.
     During the ballasting operation, current practice is to remove the
ullage caps from  the tank  being  ballasted.   These  caps are  used for
visual inspection of  the  tank at deck  level and are normally closed.
The tern ullage refers to the ullage  space, which in tanker terminology
refers to  the empty  space above the liquid  level  in  the  tank.  The
vapor laden air in the tank is discharged to atmosphere during  ballast-
ing from the ullage  openings.   Testing of emissions from marine  terminal
operations has  not  been extensive  in the  sense that sufficient data
has been  obtained  to develop  accurate predictive  approaches.    Conse-
quently it is not possible  to  quantify  the  influence of  the parameters
earlier mentioned.
     Emission estimates given  in  this report  are  largely derived from
testing performed in  response  to a  request  from  EPA^).   Tests were
conducted on  22  different crude  oil  tankers  ranging  in size  from 42
MDWT to  121  MDWT.    Fourteen  different  crude  oils  with a  volatility
range from 0.7  psi  Reid vapor  pressure  (RVP)  to 8.6 psi RVP  were in-
volved in  the  testing.   Testing  covered  locations  on the  East  Coast,
Gulf Coast, and West  Coast.   A  range  of  crude  oil and  ambient air
                                    4-2

-------
temperatures were  encountered.   Emissions  ranged  from  0.4  to  3.5
pounds of VOC  per  1000 gals,  of  water ballast (to  cargo  tanks).  The
mid-range was  slightly above 1.0 Ib./lOOO  gals.   The  emission factors
given for ballasting  of tankers  in AP-422) are 0.6  Ib./lOOO gals, and
0.8 Ib./lOOO  gals,  water  ballasted  for  tanks  previously  containing
crude oil and gasoline, respectively.

VOC LOADING OPERATIONS
     Gasoline, single  component  volatile organic liquids  such as ben-
zene , and crude  oil are  loaded  at deepwater  and inland  ports  in the
United States.  The amount of  crude  oil  loaded  is  relatively small and
is concentrated near  coastal oil  fields on the  West  and  Gulf  coasts
not served  by pipelines.   In principal,  the  loading  operations  are
similar to  those  conducted  at  truck and  rail  car  loading terminals,
except that the total volumes transferred per unit time are far greater
at marine terminals than at  truck  or  rail  terminals.   For  example, the
loading rate for gasoline  into a 10,000 bbl. barge  is  typically about
2,000 gals./min.  as compared to a  tank truck loading rate  of about 600
gals./tnin.
     There are a  significant number of parameters affecting  the emission
factors for  ship  and  barge  loading with VOL.   These  are  broadly
categorized into  (1) vessel  factors,  (2) cargo  factors,  (3) cargo tank
history, and  (4)   loading   factors.    Vessel  factors  are  principally
related to  size and  shape.   Tank ships typically range from 35,000 to
120,000 DWT (cargo  capacity  235,000  to  840,000  bbls.)  and  have  rela-
tively deep draft.   Barges typically  range  from  about  10,000 to  20,000
bbls.   in capacity and  are  of shallow draft to accommodate  passage in
inland waterways.   Thus the  surface  to  volume ratio  of   a barge  is
greater than  that  of  a tanker.   This  in turn  permits  a  relatively
greater potential for evaporation per unit  volume  of  cargo.
     The most  important cargo  factor is  vapor  pressure.   The  vapor
pressure on loading conditions is  best determined  from  the RVP and the
bulk temperature  of the product.   The relationship between  RVP and true
vapor pressure is  not  as straightforward  for  crude  as it  is  for pure
                                   4-3

-------
compounds or for  gasoline,  making the estimation  of  crude oil loading
losses less accurate than that for gasoline.
     The arrival  condition  of  empty tankers or  barges is  related to
previous cargo and  cleaning history.   Arrival  categories commonly used
are as follows:
     0  Clean:  Prior to loading, compartments were water-washed or gas-
        freed; or the prior cargo was non-volatile*.
     0  Ballasted:   Ballast  contained in  compartments  that previously
        held volatile cargo.
     0  Uncleaned:   No  treatment  prior to loading and  prior  cargo was
        volatile.
     The arrival  condition  is  important  in   that   loading  emissions
consist of  both  the  VOC present  in  the tank  prior  to  loading  plus
any additional VOC   generated  by evaporation  of   the  VOL  cargo  being
loaded.

     Loading factors include  fill method,  initial turbulence, initial
and bulk loading  rates, and amount  loaded expressed as a  fraction of
tank capacity.   While   loading  factors  are  generally  not taken  into
account in  estimating  marine  loading emissions,  the  use  of a  lower
initial rate of  filling (reduced turbulence) and  a  rapid  bulk filling
rate (reduced  time  for  evaporation  from  loaded  liquid) could  reduce
emissions.  The degree of tank filling is important because the concen-
tration of emitted  vapors increases  with time  during loading (particu-
larly when  loading   uncleaned  tanks).   Near the   end  of loading  when
tanks are completely filled, the concentration  may approach the equili-
brium vapor pressure of the  previous cargo  (applicable in  uncleaned
t anks).
     Emission factors in AP-42 for  gasoline  loading into  tankers  and
barges have been revised fairly recently (1977).  These factors are
^Emissions are  normally less  for  clean  tanks,  other  factors  being
 equal.   However, if  a tank was cleaned with hot  water  just prior to
 loading, vapor concentrations could be higher than usual.
                                   4-4

-------
shown in Table 4-3.2).  Limited  testing  of  gasoline loading into barges
was conducted as  part  of  the  API study previously mentioned-*-).  In one
case, the barge was previously  loaded with diesel fuel.  During loading
with motor gasoline  of 8.5 psi RVP at  a  bulk temperature  of 92°F, the
average emission  rate  for  three  compartments was  2.2 Ibs./lOOO gals.
loaded.  In a  second test, gasoline  of 9.7 psi RVP  was  loaded into a
barge which previously contained gasoline.  Prior to  loading, the tanks
were washed with  water at  180°F.   Two  tanks  were air  blown and one was
not.  Emission rates  for the  two  washed  and air blown  tanks were 2.8
and 3.0 Ibs./lOOO gals.   The  rate from the  washed  only  tank  was  9.7
Ibs./lOOO gals.   This  condition most  likely resulted  from  production
of excess vapors  which were  not purged by  air blowing  after the hot
water wash.
     Emissions from  crude  oil  loading  are  given by  AP-42^)  as  0.7
Ib./lOOO gals, for  tankers and  1.7  Ibs./lOOO gals,  for  barges.  This
assumes crude having a RVP of  5.0 psi.  The  API study  showed a crude
oil loading average  emission  rate  of  1.0 Ib./lOOO gals,  when loading
Nigerian crude oil, with  an RVP of 6.9 psi and  a  temperature of 68°F.
Three compartments on one ship were tested.

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     At the present time there are no VOC control systems on  the marine
(vessel) related activities at marine terminals*.  The marine  activities
include tanker  and   barge   VOL loading  and  tanker  ballasting.   Tank
storage facilities on land associated with marine terminals utilize the
same type of  floating-roof  tanks  for volatile organic liquids as would
be used in refinery or pipeline terminals,  or tank farms.
     Several studies have been conducted  on the possible configuration
and feasibility  of  marine  terminal  vapor  recovery  systems3»^,5)^   A
major deterrent to date has been the uncertainty in the  performance of
safety devices at the scale-up in size required.  Any such systems must
be approved by the U.S. Coast Guard.
*Under new U.S. Coast Guard regulations (33 CFR, Parts 154 and 164, and
 46 CFR, Parts  30,  32, and  34,  some tankers will  be  required  to have
 Crude Oil  Washing  (COW)  systems.   Tankers so  equipped will  also  be
 required to  have  inter-tank vapor  balancing  lines  for  use  during
 ballasting.  Ballasting will have  to  take  place  during cargo unloading.

                                    4-5

-------












CM
oo
2
O
1— 1
H
<
OS
w
OH
O

O
2
M
n
H











































CO
l-l
o
4-1
o
cfl
fa

c
o
•H
CO
CO
•H
1

c
o
43
VJ
cfl
O
o
1-1
•o
>,
S3

























CO
cu
00
p
cO
pa







cu
00
CO
(-1
cu
$






cu
00
c
cfl
OS












CO
0)
00
s-i
CO
pa
c
cfl
cu
a
0



cu
00
cfl
Vj
cu
>
•5






cu
00
c
3













CO
a
*rH
43
CO









cu
00
CO
p
cu
>
<





cu
oo
C
cfl
03









c
o
iH
4-1
•H
"O
c
O
u

^
c
cfl
H

rH
CU
CO
CO
CU


- rH
s~^ x~>. o W s~*
CO 43 4-1 CO
r^

• •
vO O O
CO CO u~i
• O O X-*
CO O O -U O 4-1 CO
4-1 4-1
O O ^O so
4J 4-1 UO O LO O
• • • •
O O O O O O






CM CTi O\ r->
OrH vOrH <-CM -O-rH
• • •• •• ••
rHO iHO CMO r-lO


vO 00
CO ~ri-
^ ' ^^
• •
CO O O
co CM co  "O
4-14-1 -* O -3" O
• • • •
O O O O O O


CU
0 C
•H O
CU CU P CU 4-1  >-llH O PMH
»-l CUW CUCQ CU CUWCJ CUM
h<4HC <4-l C 4-1 4-1 C >4HC
COCO COCfl CO COCO^ COCO
i-i Cl-i CM 0 Cp C Cp
O C04J Cfl4-lTH Cfl4J CO C04J
a P (-1 -a P H (-1
Cfl4-Jp 4-1 l-t 0) 4J >-l 4-11-1
> cu 01 Q o> o ai
rH4J rH4J rH4J(JOrH4J
13 Cfl-H Cfl-H 1 Cfl'H M CO-H
COOrH OOrH OOrHCOOOrH
CO -O T3 U
COCO CUCOCO CUCOCO COCO
T3 OO 4J OO C OO CU OO
01 rHrH CO rHrH CO rHrH OOrHiH
C ^^. *~-^ cfl ~^«. '^^ CU *^^ "*^» cfl ^*«^ *^«
cfl 4300rH 4300 rH 43SO P 4300
CU lH^
cj pa 3 < •

























































•
•a
cu
• 4-1
CU CO
rH CO
4= rH
CO i— 1
rH CO
•H 43
Cfl
> >->
CO rH
rH
S 1
c c
o
01 C
(-1
CO 4-J
O
en c
0)
3 CU
rH p
Cfl CO
>
Cfl
CU 01
CO 00
ai P
4= cfl
H pa


/-*, x-s
CO 43
4-6

-------
     The types  of  vapor  recovery  systems  which  possibly  might  be
considered include  low  temperature  refrigeration,  compression  type
refrigeration systems, activated carbon adsorption,  lean oil absorption,
and incineration.   All  but the  compression  type  refrigeration system
will be discussed using  the  hypothetical facility  configuration shown
in Figure 4-1.   This  facility includes  provision  for tanker unloading
(and thus ballasting) and barge loading.  Vapor controls are shown only
for the transfer and  ballasting operations.   Open floating-roof tanks
are used for  storage  on shore.  It is  expected  that these tanks would
use double seals on the  floating  roofs.  If this  is the  case,  the seal
factor currently shown  in  the  standing loss equation for floating-roof
tanks would give  conservatively high  emission estimates.   New factors
are under  study by the API   but  they  have  not  yet been  officially
published.
     In the discussion  of  the possible emission  control  systems,  no
direct reference will be made to the safety issue.  There is difference
of opinion as to whether or  not active  systems designed  to render the
returned VOC  vapor-air  mixture non-flammable are  necessary.   Concepts
involving saturation with gasoline, high ratio air dilution, blanketing
with butane or  fuel gas, and  blanketing with  inert  gases  (N2  or gases
from an  inert  gas  generator).   Later  in  this  section  other  safety
aspects will be  discussed.  The  impact on cost will  also  be  mentioned
briefly.
Refrigeration
     The refrigeration  system discussed  here utilizes  two  operating
stages to reduce temperatures  of  the  vapor  mixture to  below  -100°F.
The principal involves  condensation of volatile  organic  substances  at
atmospheric pressure.   Vapor pressures  of hydrocarbons of  C%  and above
are low enough  at these  tempertures to  give high  removal efficiencies.
Figure 4-2 shows  a schematic  diagram  of  such a system.  The  system
requires pre-cooling  to  remove  water  prior  to  passage  of the  vapor
mixture through  the low temperature  sections.  Water must be  removed
from the condensed  hydrocarbons  prior  to the return of  the  recovered
hydrocarbons  to   storage.   Critical  features of   the  system  include
                                   4-7

-------
                                     FIGURE 4-1
  I
TUT
                             ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                       FIGURE 4-2
>- cr
/ nCt — ' ' ' •
uj 2^0 o:£
_ CH — 'O^~~ ^UJ "
QO,,, OJ^CJ 0.0
uT-x OUJLU 
£go \ \ -.
C*-r ^> . 	 	
\—^ . — _ 	 - , - , »-
^* k— I 7, •
<
u
rO

V-


w
J
pi ^..,,_,,. .„, _.._ -« . •.
oQ^ /
Z ^ ± ±\7 ^>t >' — ' . 	 . , , M

g ^^^ JSIO"1,^
g l^O^JJJ
0
M
H
3 1
M
O Q_ T^ 	 ,1-9.
s uj / y^
I • z -^P -^
UJ^ ^ < ^ QJ
^~\ \ — 1 Q_ — ^_

T ^ Hi
1
cc cr / cro _
UJ UJ .— / UJ— C N.
^/) 	 i x — '5?
i iCc^x r>>'-'- —
UJtzO HUJZ
Q• UJ
Z — t 5 7"
UJ — 1 UJ i , irv
i8*i£
83g8l
*" " *1
J ' j




5 — '












(










2_i
5)
1U
JQ-
;co
:Q
w
L



























4-9
                              ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
refrigeration module  performance and  correct  cycling  of  the defrost
system.  The  system is relatively  simple,  occupies little  space,  but
is energy intensive.  Hydrocarbons are recovered.
Carbon Adsorption
     Carbon adsorption  utilizes  the affinity  of activated  carbon for
hydrocarbon compounds  to  remove gasoline vapors from  air.   A typical
carbon adsorption  system  consists  of two or more  carbon adsorber beds
and a regeneration system for the carbon beds (see Figure 4-3).  Two or
more beds are necessary in order to keep the unit on stream during long
periods of return  vapor  flow.   This  is  because the adsorption  bed is
regenerated on  batch  basis.   The  number  and   size  of  the  beds  are
determined by the  loading of adsorbable  vapors (VOC), the  flow rate,
the length of  time required  for regeneration,  and the net  or working
capacity of the  activated carbon  beds.   Regeneration  is  performed  by
steam or vacuum in situ.
     The system illustrated in Figure 4-3 uses vacuum regeneration at a
vacuum of  approximately  25 mm Hg.  The  stripped VOC  vapors  (now much
concentrated) are  condensed or  absorbed  into  gasoline  liquid.  Systems
similar to the  one described here have  been  used  at  gasoline  truck
terminals.  Efficiencies  of   VOC  control have  reached as  high as  99
percent.
Lean Oil Adsorption
     This system uses  chilled  diesel  oil  (40°F)  to   absorb the  VOC
vapors from the air-vapor mixture.   This oil which has  been stripped of
lower molecular weight compounds effectively absorbs butane and heavier
hydrocarbons when  properly  designed and  sized.   Some  portion of  any
propane present  is also  absorbed,  but methane  and ethane  if present
pass through.  Following  absorption of  the  vapors the  so-called  rich
oil is regenerated by heating at 200°F at 150 mm Hg absolute pressure.
The stripped or lean oil is cooled  and returned to the  storage tank.
     The VOC  vapors  flashed  off  in  the  stripper are  then  usually
compressed and cooled to  condense  the  vapors   and  then blended  into
gasoline or other  similar product.   The lean oil absorption  system  is
illustrated in Figure 4-4.
                                   4-10

-------
                                                                       FIGURE 4-3
w
Q
s
o
M

H
o
CO
2

O
PQ
u
                  i

                  CC

                LU O

            UJ   I
          crcc   <
          Q uu   —' Q:
          (XX   ^
                                                               (T

                                                               2
                                   4-11
                                                               ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                                                       FIGURE 4-4
o
M
H
o
CO
pa
H

O
 I
w
I-J
                                                                          z
                                                                         z

                                                                         UJ
                                                                              IU
                                                                              o
                                                                              (A
                                 4-12
                                                             ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
     The effectiveness  of  the lean oil  absorption  system is dependent
upon the ratio of lean oil flow to vapor flow, the purity and temperature
of the lean oil, the absorption column design, and the concentration of
VOC in  the air-vapor  mixture.    One  advantage  of  the  system  is  the
flexibility in  choice  of size  of the absorption unit.   By increasing
the amount of  lean  oil  storage,  the actual processing equipment  can be
downsized to that required over a relatively long averaging time.  Some
reserve capacity must, however,  be provided.
Thermal Incineration
     Thermal incineration (Figure 4-5) disposes of VOC by burning rather
than by any  of the recovery  systems  previously discussed.   It  is  the
simplest and  most  direct  control  system  for  VOC   vapors  available.
Space requirements  are  relatively low.   In this system  the  air-vapor
mixture is  injected into  the  combustion  chamber  of the  incinerator
through a  burner  manifold.   The design  combustion  chamber temperature
is usually about  1500°F.  The residence time in the  chamber  is  on the
order of one second.
     Burner and combustion chamber design must accommodate a relatively
large range  of  flows  and  VOC   concentrations.   At  the  minimum  this
involves automatic  combustion air dampers  controlled by  temperature.
Normally, thermal incinerators have VOC  removal  efficiencies  in excess
of 99 percent.   Extremely  rapid  changes  in VOC concentration are  not
readily handled  by the  usual  combustion  controls,  but  this   is  not
expected to be a major problem at marine terminals.
Safety Considerations
     Two major  safety problems  are  associated  with marine  terminal
vapor control  systems.   These are fire  (and/or  explosion) and  vessel
over-filling.  Vapor concentrations in  air-vapor  mixtures  displaced  by
filling or ballasting operations are  often within the  flammable  limits.
For gasoline vapors this is 1.4  to 8.4 percent in  air.   Concentrations
are usually lower than at truck  terminals  where  returned  vapors  during
filling (ballasting does not apply) are often above the upper  flammable
limit.  Furthermore,  the  ultimate  reservoir  volume  of  potentially
                                   4-13

-------
                                                                     FIGURE 4-5
                                                                o
                                                                cO
w
w
u
2
W

5C

H
                                 4-14
                                                             ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
flammable materials  is  much larger in  the  case of  barges  and tankers
than is the  case with trucks.   While  incorporation of  vapor  recovery
systems at marine terminals would  eliminate the discharge  of vapors at
deck level from open ullage caps, a new problem would be created by the
connection of  the   onshore  processing  facility to  the vessel.   Both
primary (active) and  secondary (passive)  safety systems can be incor-
porated within  the  design  of  a vapor recovery system.   The primary
system is  designed  to   render  the  vapors  emitted  from  the  vessel
non-flammable by one of three means:
     (1)  Dilution with air -  This  requires an extremely high dilution
          rate to reduce the vapor concentration to a safe margin below
          the lower flammable limit (1.4 percent) if it is assumed that
          the initial concentration  is saturated  with respect  to  VOC
          (about 50 percent in the case of gasoline).
     (2)  Dilution with inert gases such as N? or combustion gases free
          of CO - In this  case the maximum allowable  Q£ concentration
          is about 12 percent.
     (3)  Saturation - Saturation of the vapor-air mixture with butane,
          natural gas, or  gasoline vapors will  place  the mixture well
          above the upper flammable limit.
     In general, the dilution,  inertion,  or  saturation processes des-
cribed above  would  be  designed  to  produce  the  desired  results  as
close as possible to  the  point where the vapor-air  mixture  leaves  the
vessel.  The primary safety modules will take up extra space and increase
captial and operating costs.   (Note:  insurance  costs  with  and without
primary safety  modules   could alter  this  factor,   assuming  that  any
applicable safety  regulations  would  permit  construction   without  a
primary safety module.)   The secondary (passive) safety systems include
all measures taken  to reduce  or eliminate sources of  ignition,  and to
isolate any propagation  of  flame  or  explosion  beyond  barrier limits.
These isolation systems incude both hydraulic and extended  surface type
flash arrestors.
                                   4-15

-------
Costs
     Although no vapor  recovery systems have been  installed  at marine
terminals, similar control  technology to that  just  described  has been
used at truck terminals for a number  of  years.   Several cost estimates
have been made as part of studies  on  application  of controls to marine
terminals.  These studies  involve  differing assumptions  such as  the size
of the terminal, activities carried out, and  the  volume of VOL handled
on an annual  basis.   It  is difficult, therefore, to  compare  the costs
developed.  In a study by Robert Brown Associates3) two different model
terminals were considered.  The  first  was a crude oil unloading terminal
having berths for three 120,000 DWT tankers.   Ballasting emissions only
were considered.  The second terminal included two berths for unloading
35,000 DWT  crude oil  tankers,  one  berth for  loading  gasoline to  a
similar tanker, and  one berth  for loading gasoline into a 50,000 bbl.
barge.  Various  control  scenarios were  considered  ranging from vapor
recovery on marine operations and use of external  floating-roof tanks
onshore to an elaborate vapor balancing and  control system interconnec-
ting the  marine  operations  to   controlled  fixed-roof  storage  tanks.
Primary (active) safety modules were  used in  all  cases.   Capital costs
ranged from $1,390,000 for  the  lowest cost  system on the  smaller com-
bined terminal  to  $64,000,000  for the  most  expensive  system  on  the
larger tanker  terminal.    On a cost-effectiveness  basis,  annualized
costs ranged from $25/ton  VOC controlled  to $4,000/ton VOC controlled.
     Pullman-Kellog evaluated control technology and model systems  for
a barge terminal for loading gasoline^).  Two  berths  for  20,000 bbl.
barges were used as the basis for costs.   Again, primary (active safety
modules were utilized in all control alternatives.  Capital costs ranged
from $460,000 for the lowest cost system utilizing a thermal incinerator
to $902,000 for a low temperature refrigeration system.  Cost-effective-
ness on an annualized  cost  basis  ranged  from $240/ton VOC  controlled
to $480/ton VOC controlled.
     MSA Research  Corporation   prepared  an  evaluation  of a  proposed
barge loading test  facility^).   Controls for  unloading  one 20,000 bbl.
barge at a time were considered.   No primary safety modules were included
                                  4-16

-------
in the  analysis.   Capital costs  ranged from  $166,000  for a  lean oil
absorber to  $292,000  for  a  low  temperature  refrigeration  system.
Recovered gasoline  credits  exceeded  annualized  costs  in all  cases.
The capital recovery periods ranged from 3.7 to 18.3 years.
     None of  the  costs  given  above  include   costs  for  retrofitting
tankers and barges  to  accommodate the vapor recovery  system hardware,
including overflow protection.   While  comparisons are difficult, several
factors stand out:
     (1)  Barge vapor recovery alone is more cost effective than tanker
          ballasting control  because  higher  VOC  concentrations  are
          present in barge return vapor flow.
     (2)  There are some economies of scale although they are difficult
          to quantify at this time.
     (3)  Use  of  primary (active) safety modules  increases  costs (not
          including insurance) by a considerable amount.
     (4)  Costs of  shore-based  tank controls over and  above  the costs
          for double seal external floating-roofs results in major cost
          increases.

REGULATORY STATUS
     There are no  regulations  covering emissions  from  marine terminal
loading or ballasting  operations  at the federal or state  level.   Con-
trols have been  considered in  several  cases,   but  none have  yet  been
installed.  Control regulations  will necessarily have  to be coordinated
with safety procedures and requirements now under  consideration by the
U.S. Coast Guard.

MAJOR REFERENCES
Listed References
1.  "8-31  Marine  Emissions  Study, Final  Report," American  Petroleum
    Institute, Washington, D.C.  20037, December 1978.
2.  "Compilation of  Air Pollutant Emission  Factors,  AP-42",  including
    supplements,  U.S. EPA.
                                   4-17

-------
3.  "Emission Control Technology for  Two Model Marine Terminals handling
    Crude Oil and Gasoline," EPA-450/3-78-016, April 1978.

4.  "Control Technology Evaluation for  Gasoline  Loading of Barges", EPA-
    600/2-79-069, March 1979.

5.  Status Report by MSAR to U.S.  EPA on "Demonstration of Vapor Control
    Technology for  Gasoline Loading of  Barges,"  Contract   No.  68-02-
    3141, 4 December 1979.

Other

1.  "API  Bulletin 2514-A:   Hydrocarbon  Emissions from  Marine Vessels
    Loading of  Gasolines,"  American  Petroleum  Institute,  Washington,
    D.C.  20037, 1976.

2.  "Background Information on  Hydrocarbon  Emissions from Marine Loading
    Terminal Operations," Volumes I and II, EPA-450/3-76-038 a, b; U.S.
    EPA, RTF, NC 27711.
                                   4-18

-------
                                SECTION 5
                               BEER MAKING

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
    The beer brewing process  begins  with malting.  In this operation the
barley is soaked in water  in steeping tanks and transferred to germinating
compartments for generally one week in order to convert the barley starch
into malt sugar.   Once  the germinated barley is  transferred  to the malt
drying kiln, the heat terminates the barley's growth and partly carmalizes
the malt.  The  malt,  or dried sprouted barley, is ground  finely for use
in the brewing  operation.  The mixture  is  heated in the mash  kettle to
complete the conversion of starch to malt sugar.
    The mash is  sent to the  brew  kettle after being  filtered  through a
plate and frame filter, resulting in an extract.  The spent grain filter-
cake drops  from  the  filter   into  the  hopper  and   is  pumped  away.
    The spent grain is  dewatered in a  screw  press and dried in a  steam
drier.  The solids  are removed when the spent grain liquor from the screw
press is centrifuged.   The  solids  are  marketed as cattle  feed  once they
are mixed with  the spent  grain.   The  centrifuged liquor is  returned as
make-up to the rice mash-in operation.
    The malt extract  is boiled  in the brew  kettle  with the hops  which
adds the  flavor  and the  aroma.   In  the  coolship,   or  clarifier,  the
insoluble proteins  from the hot malt extract  (called  wort)  coagulate and
settle out.  The   coagulate,  otherwise  known  as trube,  is  sent  to  a
centrifuge to be  separated  from  the wort.  The recovered  liquid wort is
recycled into the  process and  the  trube solids  are  added to  the  spent
grain.  The wort  flows  from the  coolship to  a cooler where it  is cooled
to fermentation  temperature.    During  fermentation  the  yeast   converts
the malt  sugar  in  the  wort  into  alcohol and  (X>2 gas.   The  beer  then
proceeds to  the  secondary  fermentation  tanks  and undergoes  the  aging
process where,   under  pressure,  the  beer  builds-up  its  own  natural
carbonation.
                                   5-1

-------
    After the beer has aged sufficiently, it is pumped through a series
of filters  for  clarification.  The  spent  filter pads are  removed and
processed for reuse  and the  beer  is sent  to  a sterile  filling  room.
See Figure 5-1 for a flow schematic.
     There is a very  low potential  for ethanol  emissions  from  beer
making, but no quantitative  data are readily available.  Several factors
mitigate against significant emissions.   These include:
     (1)  Fermentation  is  conducted  at  relatively low  temperatures,
          about 4.5°C (40°F) to 14.5°C (58°F).
     (2)  Alcohol concentration  is  relatively low,  generally less than
          6 percent by volume.
     (3)  Beer is kept under pressure to avoid loss of natural carbona-
          tion.   It is  stored at  rather cold temperatures,  about 0°C
          (32°F).
     (4)  Carbon dioxide released during fermentation  is  recovered and
          compressed for use in further  carbonation of the beer.
     Previous EPA reports suggest  that there are virtually  no volatile
organic emissions from beer making^).
     There are no  known control techniques directed  at  VOC  emissions
from beer making.  All  known  pollution  control methods are  directed at
reducing water pollution^'.

STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     Presently there are no known  state or  local  regulations directed
specifically at  controlling  VOC emissions from beer making.

REFERENCES
1.  EPA-450/2-78-022,  "Control Techniques for Volatile Organic Emissions
    from Stationary Source", May 1978.
2.  EPA Technology Transfer,  "Pollution Abatement  in  a  Brewing  Faci-
    lity", prepared by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  May  1974.
3.  Shreve,  Norris R. ,  "Chemical Process Industries", Fourth Edition,
    McGraw Hill, 1977.
                                   5-2

-------
                                                                           FIGURE 5-1
                  BEER MAKING  FLOW SCHEMATIC
Hot ana cold'  •$"""' '"tauter
          grains (filter Jui)
      Brewers  malt
      Molt adjuncts
      Hops
      Yeast
Reference No.  3
35-38 Ib. "I
12-14 Ib  L
'/j-lSilb.' f
?4- I Ib. -1
Per U.S. barrel
(31 gal.) of beer
                                5-3
                                            ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                               SECTION 6
                            FABRIC PRINTING

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
    This chapter discusses the four basic fabric printing operations of
roller printing, rotary  screen printing, flat  screen  continuous prin-
ting, and  flat  screen unit printing  and the  associated  fabric drying
and curing  processes.   Emissions  generated  from these  operations  and
applicable emission control techniques are discussed.   A review of air
pollution regulations applicable  to  fabric  printing is also presented.
Fabric printing is defined  as a decorative design  applied  to  a fabric
by intaglio  (etched)  roller,  rotary  screen,  or flat  screen  printing
operations.
    The fabric printing  industry  is  a subset  of  the textile finishing
industry, which includes  fabric preparation (desizing,  bleaching,  and
mercerizing), decorative enhancement  (dyeing,  printing,  plisseing,  and
felting), and functional  enhancement (permanent press,  softening,  and
soil resistance).   There  are  approximately 200  fabric printing plants
located throughout the United  States, many  of  which perform other tex-
tile finishing operations  in  addition to fabric  printing.   A majority
of the existing  fabric  printing  plants  are  located in  the  Northeast
and Mid-Atlantic regions  of  the  country.   However, the  recent growth
in this industry has occurred in the Southeast.
    A typical fabric  printing  plant usually  uses  one  type  of print
machine (roller,  rotary  screen,  or  flat  screen).   These  printing
operations apply a print paste in  a  decorative pattern onto the fabric
that is passed through  the  printing machine.  After printing, the fabric
enters a drying process  to  remove water and  organic  solvents  so that
the fabric retains its color  and  pattern.   Drying involves passing  the
printed fabric over steam cans, which are usually exposed to the ambient
surroundings, or through  direct-fired industrial  drying  ovens.   Some
fabrics must  be further  processed in a  curing operation.   Curing  may
occur in separate  ovens  or  in a different zone within  the drying oven.
After the drying process, the fabric  is  washed and  dried  to remove  the
excess water.
                                 6-1

-------
Materials
    This section  describes the  fabrics  used  in  the  fabric  printing
industry and  the  constituents  of  the  print  pastes  applied  to  the
fabrics.
    Fabric
    The two basic categories of fabric  are knit  fabric and woven fabric.
Knit fabric  is  made by  using a  single  continuous  thread of  yarn to
create individual loops and to chain each individual  loop to neighboring
loops.  Woven fabric is defined as "a fabric made by interlacing two or
more systems  of yarns at  essentially right  angles to each  other."*•'
Woven fabric  can be further  divided  into  broadwoven fabric  which is
over 38 centimeters (15 inches) wide and woven terry towels.  The yarns
used in  fabric  construction are  spun  from either man-made  or natural
fibers.  Man-made  fibers  include cellulose acetate,  cellulose triace-
tate, nylon, polyester, polyolefin, and rayon.   Natural  fibers include
cotton, linen,  silk, and wool.  The composition of these  fibers deter-
mines which  print  pastes  the  fabric  will  accept  and what  texture or
"hand" the fabric will have.
    Print Pastes
    Print pastes  can be  classified  into  the  two basic  categories of
dispersed dye print  pastes or pigment print  pastes according  to  the
coloring agent  used  in  the  print  paste  composition.   Dispersed  dye
coloring agents  impart  color  onto  fabrics by  becoming chemically or
physically incorporated  onto   the  individual  fabric fibers.   Pigment
coloring agents  are  insoluble particles  that  are physically  bound to
fabric fibers,  usually  through  the use  of a  polymerizing  binder.
    The other constituents of print pastes include  a clear thickening
agent and an aqueous or organic solvent.   Thickening agents are used to
facilitate the  transfer  of  the coloring  agent  to  the  fabric  during
printing and to  adhere the coloring agent  to  the fabric during drying.
The desired print sharpness,  yarn and  fabric  penetration,  color  value,
fiber type,  fabric  construction,  dye  class,   and fixation  conditions
dictate the selection of  the proper thickening agent.2)
                                  6-2

-------
    The remaining portion of the print paste is the solvent, which acts
as the carrier for the coloring agent and the thickener.3)  The solvent
may be aqueous, organic,  or  a mixture.   The  organic solvent concentra-
tion in print pastes ranges  from  less  than  one  percent organic solvent
content by  weight  for dispersed  dye print  pastes  to  0  to  60 percent
organic solvent content  by weight  for pigment  print  pastes.   Solvents
maintain proper viscosity, aid in dye and binder dispersion, and adjust
color value,  sharpness  of mark,  and  brightness   of   shade.   Organic
solvents used  in   the  fabric  printing  industry  are   usually  mineral
spirits.  The mineral  spirits  used in fabric printing  operations have
an average molecular weight  of  155, a boiling  point  of 145°C (293°F),
and a vapor  pressure  of  8.41  millimeters of  mercury  (0.16  pound  per
square inch) at 25°C (77°F).
Processes
    This section describes the four fabric  printing  operations of roller
printing, rotary screen printing,  flat  screen  continuous  printing,  and
flat screen unit printing  and  the associated fabric drying and  curing
processes.
    Roller Printing
    Roller printing is an  intaglio process in  which  an engraved  plate
or roller is used to print- the fabric.  A print paste is applied to the
engraved roller and  the  excess paste is  removed  with  a  doctor  blade.
The fabric is  then  placed in contact with the  roller  and the pressure
between the roller and the  central cylinder  acts to transfer the print
paste from the incised surface of the roller to the fabric.  Figure 6-1
is a diagram of a typical roller printing machine.
    Fabric, padded by a  backing material or  back  gray, is continuously
fed into the  printing  machine.   The fabric passes  between  the  central
cylinder and a set of  printing  rollers.  A single  color print paste is
applied to each printing  roller which applies one portion of the pattern
onto the fabric.  A maximum of 14  colors  can be applied to a fabric by
a roller printing  machine, with  8 colors being average.   After printing,
the fabric passes into the drying  and  curing processes.  The  cylinders
                                 6-3

-------
                                                               FIGURES  6-1 and  6-2
            Fabri c
                    FIGURE 6-1 -  ROLLER  PRINT MACHINE
                            Gray
Doctor Blade
       Engraved
     Printing Roll
                                                                   Doctor Blade
 Engraved
Printing Roll
                                  Color Box.
               FIGURE 6-2  - ROTARY SCREEN PRINT  MACHINE
          Roller Press
              \    Doctor  if-
                   Blade
                 Sack Gray
                                  6-4
                                                                 ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
commonly used for roller printing are copper-coated surfaces.  A pattern
can either  be  engraved or acid-etched  on these  copper  surfaces.  The
engraved copper  surface may  be  plated  with chrome to  create a longer
lasting surface.
    Several of  the  advantages  of  roller  printing  over  rotary  screen
printing include  sharper  mark,  finer line,  more accurate  register or
fit, finer  gradation  of tone, smoothness of blotch  prints,  and better
color bloom  (vividness  of  color).^'   Many  of  these  advantages  are
attributable to the use of medium-to-high organic solvent content print
pastes.  These advantages make roller printing the preferred method for
printing apparel fabrics.
    Rotary Screen Printing
    A typical  rotary  screen  printing machine  is shown in  Figure 6-2.
Fabric moves into the  printing machine  from left to  right.   The fabric
is pressed  between  a  rotary  screen  and  a back  gray as  the  process
progresses.  The fabric is attached to the back gray by a water soluble
glue.  Print  paste  is  pumped  from  drums  into  a  dispenser,  which
distributes the flow over the  entire  width of the application area.  A
stationary doctor blade  forces  the  print paste  through the  screen and
onto the fabric.
    A screen  is prepared  for  printing  by  covering  it  with a  light
sensitive chemical and then  attaching  a film  positive  of  the  design
pattern over the screen.  This sandwich is then exposed to light and an
insoluble lacquer forms on the  areas  of the screen that are exposed to
the light.  The screen is then cleaned,  leaving a porous screen surface
in the desired design pattern.  The screen is then rolled into a tubular
shape.  Rotary  screens  are  commonly made  of  nickel  or nickel  alloys.
Some machines are able  to apply a 16 color pattern, but 12 color patterns
are the maximum for most rotary screen machines.
    Flat Screen Continuous Printing
    Flat screen continuous printing, which is used to  print  drapery and
sheeting on a  continuous production line,  is  essentially the same  as
                                  6-5

-------
rotary screen  printing.   The  two nain  differences  between  the  two
printing processes are the fact that rotary screens are rolled, whereas
flat screens are  put  in a flat  bed frame, and  flat  screen continuous
printing lines operate at a slower line speed  compared  to similar rotary
screen printing  lines.   The  same  photogrammetric method  is  used  to
prepare screens for flat screen continuous printing machines as is  used
for screen preparation for rotary  screen printing machines.
    Flat Screen Unit Printing
    Flat screen  unit  printing  is  used  in the  printing  of  cut  terry
towels on a  semicontinuous  production line.  In this printing process,
cut terry towels  are placed  on  a conveyor belt and moved into position
under a flat  screen.   The flat  screen is then  lowered  onto the  terry
towel and print  paste is  applied  through  the  use of  a  squeegee  that
forces the print  paste through the  open screen areas.   This process  is
repeated for every color in  a pattern.  The flat screens used for  this
printing process are  prepared in the same manner  as those used in rotary
screen printing  and   flat   screen  continuous  printing  operations.
    Dryers and Curers
    After the  printing  process,  fabrics  are  dried and  usually cured.
Drying drives off water and organic solvents so that the colors will  be
retained (color  fixed)  on the  fabric.   Some  fabrics  are  color  fixed
during curing,  which  may be  an  entirely  separate process  or  merely a
separate segment  of  the drying  process.    Resin bonded  pigment  print
pastes require curing.   Dispersed  dye print pastes may  require  curing
but are usually   color  fixed during  drying.   Some  color  fixed  dyes
require aging  in a high-heat,  high-humidity  environment.  After the
fabric passes through the drying process it is washed to remove unfixed
dyes or pigments.  The fabric is then dried again  to  remove the excess
water.
    Drying is accomplished through  the  use of  industrial  drying  ovens
(convection drying)  or  steam  cans (conduction  drying).   Industrial
drying ovens  are  heated  by  pressurized  steam  coils (indirect  heat
dryers) or by  fossil  fuel   combustion  (direct  heat  dryers).   Screen
                                   6-6

-------
printed fabrics  are  usually dried  in industrial drying  ovens because
knit fabrics  can be dried  without  tension.   Fabrics  requiring  a soft
hand, such as apparels, are usually dried by  conduction on steam cans.
Conduction drying  is  by direct  contact  of the  fabric with  the steam
cans.
    Industrial drying  ovens have a  temperature  range  of  149 to 177°C
(300 to 350°F).  The  surface  temperature of  steam  cans ranges from 93
to 135°C (200  to 275°F).    Fabric  residence  time is  2  to  4 minutes in
industrial drying ovens and 1 to 2 minutes on steam cans.  Exhaust flow
rates range  from 18 to  600 cubic meters  per minute  (6,000  to  20,000
cubic feet per minute)  for  industrial  drying ovens, and  are dependent on
fabric residence  time,  oven  temperature,  fabric  weight,   and organic
solvent content and water content of the print pastes.
    Curers are also  heated by  pressurized  steam  cans or  fossil fuel
burners.  Steam  can  curers usually  operate  at atmospheric  pressure
under saturated  steam  conditions  and  temperatures of 163 to 191°C (325
to 375°F).   Fossil  fuel fired  curers  operate at 149  to  204°C (300 to
400°F) with  exhaust  flow rates  of  90 to 210 cubic  meters per  minute
(3,000 to  7,000  cubic  feet per minute).   Fabric residence  times  for
curers are  2 to  4 minutes.^)   Sheeting  is  usually dried and  cured in
different zones  of  the same oven.  Decorative and  apparel  fabrics  are
usually dried and cured in separate ovens.
Emissions and Emission Sources
    The sources of fugitive VOC emissions from fabric printing
operations (roller printing,  rotary   screen  printing,  and  flat  screen
continuous and unit  printing)  include evaporation  from the  wastewater
stream, open print paste  barrels,  printing  troughs,  the printing  rol-
lers and  screens,  strike  through  onto  the  backing  material  or  back
gray, and  the  printed  fabric   prior  to  reaching  the  drying  process.
The steam can  drying  process  and industrial  drying ovens  used  to  dry
printed fabric are  considered  to  be  the most  significant sources  of
VOC emissions.  The steam  can  drying  lines  can be  enclosed or exposed
to the ambient  surroundings and  VOC  emissions generated during  steam
can drying are exhausted through the  use of  roof vents  and  fans.   When
                                   6-7

-------
industrial drying ovens  are used in the fabric drying process, the VOC
emissions are  exhausted  through a  stack.  Most  of  the  VOC  emissions
are generated  during  fabric drying,  with only small quantities being
generated during fabric  curing.   Figures 6-3 and  6-4 indicate sources
of VOC emissions from fabric printing operations.
    Operating parameters for two model printing lines are summarized in
Table 6-1.   These  parameters are  based  on  data  obtained  from fabric
printing companies."1''   Model   printing  line one  (MPL 1)  uses print
pastes with a weighted average organic solvent content of 30 percent by
weight and an associated drying exhaust flow rate of  255 standard cubic
meters (8,500 standard cubic feet) per minute.  Model printing line two
(MPL 2)  uses print  pastes  with a  weighted  average  organic solvent
content of  5  percent  by  weight  and an associated  drying  exhaust  flow
rate of  240  standard  cubic  meters  (8,000   standard  cubic  feet)  per
minute.

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
    The methods available  for the control of  VOC emissions from fabric
printing operations can be classified as process modification or add-on
VOC emission  control  systems.  Process modification consists of reduc-
tion in the  amount  of organic  solvent in the print  paste  composition
(print paste  reformulation).  Add-on VOC emission  control  systems are
primarily thermal incineration.
Print Paste Reformulation
    There is little or no cost associated with the reformulation of the
print pastes to reduce their organic  solvent  content.8)  in fact there
is a credit  for the reduction in organic solvent usage achieved.  As a
result, most  fabric   printing  operations have  switched  from  higher
organic solvent content print pastes to low organic solvent content (10
percent by weight  or  less) or all  aqueous  print  pastes.9,10,11,12,13)
The major  reason  for  this changeover  is the increasing  cost  of  the
organic solvents used  in fabric printing.  These solvents have increased
in price  from about  $0.08  per  liter ($0.31  per  gallon)  in 1973  to  a
current price of about $0.37 per  liter ($1.39 per gallon).
                                  6-8

-------
                                                                          FIGURE 6-3 and 6-4
 FIGURE 6-3 -  ROLLER PRINTING  LINE AND ASSOCIATED  STEAM CAN DRYING PROCESS
                                                   STEAM CANS
                   FUGITIVE VOC EMISSIONS
                     6RAVURE ROLLER

                   LIKT DOCTOR

                BRUSH ROLLER. ,   „
                                                                 DRY BACK GREY
PRINT PASTE
FIGURE  6-4  - ROTARY SCREEN  PRINTING LINE AND ASSOCIATED DRYING AND CURING OVEN

                                                          i
                      I
                      \  FUGITIVE VOC EMISSIONS


                      |  STACK EMISSIONS

                        FUGITIVE WATER EMISSIONS
VENT TO
ATMOSPHERE
                  DRYING AND CURING
                  OVEN
         BLEACHED
         FABRIC
           MIXER
           cL
PRINT PASTE
                      CONTINUOUS BELT


                        PRINT PASTE -
          ""PRINT PASTE
                 TRANSPORTED TO
                 PRINTING AREA
                                         6-9
                           ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                 TABLE 6-1

                       MODEL PRINTING LINE PARAMETERS


MPL 1
MPL 2 -
1. Fabric
A.
B.
C.

D.

Type (% woven/% knit) :
Fiber (% natural/% man-made):
Average weight, kilograms /meter:
(pounds /yard) :
Average width, centimeters:
(inches) :
70/30
30/70
0.13
(0.25)
137
(54)
70/30
30/70
0.13
(0.25)
137
(54)
2.  Print Pastes

    A.  Annual print paste consumption,
          megagratas (tons):
    B.  Organic solvent content,
          megagrams (tons):
    C.  Organic solvent (%):

3.  Production Data

    A.  Capacity utilization (%):
    B.  Operating efficiency (%):
    C.  Average line speed, meters/minute:
                           (yards/minute):
    D.  Annual fabric production,
          meters (yards) x 10°:

4.  Drying Process

    A.  Type of drying:

    B.  Fuel:
    C.  Temperature:
    D.  Exhaust flow,  m-Vminute:
                   (ft3/minute):

5.  Estimated VOC Emissions from Drying
379 (417)

114 (125)
30
379 (417

19 (21)
5
84
37
41
(45)
84
37
41
(45)
5.4 (5.0)
Enclosed
steam cans
No. 6 fuel oil
116°C (240°F)
255
(8,500)
5.4 (5.0)
Drying oven

Natural gas
163°C (325°F)
240
(8,000)
A.

B.

C.

Annual VOC emissions, megagrams:
(tons) :
VOC emissions per operating
hour, kilograms (pounds):
VOC exhaust stream concentration,
parts per million:
98
(108)

53 (117)

1,240
16
(18)

9 (20)

207
MPL = Model Printing Line.
                                   6-10

-------
    There are, however,  a  few  fabric  printing  plants that  use print
pastes with  a  weighted  average  organic  solvent content  of 30  to 45
percent by weight  (which can go  up to 60 percent  in  some cases).   In
most cases,  it appears  these  plants have established  a  special market
for their products  (the  printing  of very dark colors  with a soft feel
or "hand") and it  does  not appear  that  these plants  could switch to a
lower organic solvent print paste and still maintain this special market
niche.
Add-on VOC Emission Control Systems
    The only technically  feasible  add-on  VOC control technique  appears
to be  incineration.   The high moisture  content  of the exhaust stream
associated with the drying of printed fabric leads to freezing problems
in the liquid nitrogen  condenser  stage of  inert condensation recovery
systems.   '  The relatively high vapor pressure of the organic solvents
used in fabric printing operations and the low VOC concentration in the
drying exhaust stream  cause combination  cooler/condenser  and electro-
static precipitator systems to have a low VOC removal efficiency.15,16)
Activated carbon adsorption systems may be applicable to fabric printing
VOC control  but   this  has  not   yet been verified  experimentally.
    Thermal incineration  of VOC  emissions  is  a  frequently used  VOC
emission reduction  technique  that is applicable  to  many   types  of  VOC
emissions and industrial processes.  In a thermal incinerator, a burner
located at the inlet  of a thermal  incinerator maintains  a temperature
of 649 to 871°C (1200 to  1600°F).   Contaminated  air enters through the
burner flame zone and is retained in the combustion zone for about 0.50
to 0.75 second.  The  VOC emissions in the exhaust  stream  are oxidized
in the combustion  chamber and the  hot  combustion gases  are exhausted
through a stack.   The main disadvantage  of  incineration  is  the large
amount of auxiliary fuel that is required to maintain the  high tempera-
tures necessary for oxidation of VOC emissions.
    An effective means of reducing  auxiliary fuel  costs with incinera-
tion is by  recovery of  useful  heat from  the  incinerator  unit.   Some
applications of  this  heat  include  preheating  the dryer  inlet  air,
preheating the dryer  exhaust before it  enters  the  incinerator,  and
producing steam for  building heat  or  production  processes.   In  most
                                   6-11

-------
industries, heat is  recovered  through  recuperative shell and tube, air
to air heat exchangers,  or by regenerative heat  wheels.  Recuperative
heat recovery up to  70 percent is achievable through the proper design
of the thermal  incinerator and  associated  heat recovery  system.1''
    Control cost estimates have  been developed  for the  installation of
a thermal incineration system with 70 percent recuperative heat recovery
capability on each  of the two model printing lines presented previously.
The total  installed   capital  cost and  total  annualized  cost  for the
thermal incineration  systems are  presented  in Table 6-2.  As indicated
in Table 6-2, the  retrofit penalty and  hooding,  ducting,  and enclosure
costs associated with MPL  1  are  higher than those  associated with MPL
2.  This is due  to the fact  that MPL 1 uses steam  can  drying which is
more difficult  to  retrofit  and  enclose  compared  with  the  industrial
drying oven used for MPL  2.   However, the higher  VOC  concentration of
the drying  exhaust streams for  MPL  1  as compared  with MPL  2  results
in a lower  net  fuel  requirement  for the thermal  incineration  system,
and, therefore,  an incinerator for MPL 1 would have a  lower operating
cost than MPL 2.   Incinerator  equipment costs are  an average based on
quotes from three  thermal  incinerator manufacturers. 18,19,20)   Hood-
ing, ducting,  and  enclosure  costs are  estimates  from a sheet  metal
working contractor.21) The fuel  requirements  were based  on  energy use
calculations.   Operating  and  maintenance labor,  retrofit  penalties,
installation costs,  capital   recovery  factors,   and taxes,  insurance,
and administration  factors are from standard references.22)

REGULATORY STATUS
    State regulations  pertaining   to  the  reduction of  VOC  emissions
from fabric printing operations  are  summarized in  Table 6-3.   State
regulatory agencies  have expressed uncertainty  about the applicability
of these  VOC  emission  control  regulations to  fabric  printing  opera-
tions. 23,24)
                                   6-12

-------
                               TABLE 6-2

          CONTROL COSTS FOR THERMAL INCINERATION SYSTEMS WITH
           70 PERCENT RECUPERATIVE HEAT RECOVERY CAPABILITIES
                                              MPL 1
                  MPL 2
Equipment cost
Installation costs
Retrofit penalty
Hooding, ducting, enclosures

Total installed capital cost

Direct
$145,000
  88,000
  64,000
  45,000

$342,000
$145,000
  88,000
  46,000
  20,000

8299,000
Operating labor
Maintenance labor
Net fuel
Electricity
Subtotal
Indirect
Capital recovery3
Taxes, insurance & administration^3
Subtotal
Total annualized costc
$ 4,000
4,000
16,000
1,000
$25,000
$56,000
14,000
$70,000
$95,000
$ 4,000
4,000
24,000
2,000
$34,000
$49,000
12,000
$61,000
$95,000
aCapital recovery factor of 16.275 percent of total installed capital
 cost.  Based on 10 year life of incinerator and 10 percent interest
 rate.

"Four percent of total installed capital cost.

GDirect subtotal + indirect subtotal.

 MPL = Model Printing Line.
 Note:  All costs are rounded to the nearest $1,000.
                                   6-13

-------
                                 TABLE 6-3

                 SUMMARY OF STATE VOC EMISSION REGULATIONS3
   State
               Summary of Regulation
Alabama


Delaware
New York




Georgia


South Carolina



North Carolina


Florida
Maine
New Jersey
Connecticut
Pennsylvania
California
Virginia
Massachusetts
Rhode Island
No regulation unless the source emits over 100 tons per
year of VOC.  If greater than 100 tons per year of VOC,
then source has to apply BACT.b

No applicable regulation.
Fabric printing operations may be covered by regulation
for fabric coating operations, depending on percent
of coverage of material.  This only applies to sources
that emit greater than 100 tons per year of VOC.

No applicable regulation.  If the source emits greater
than 100 tons per year of VOC, or if it is a new
source, then BACT must be met for PSDC requirements.

Regulation for roller printing which sets a VOC
emission limit of 550 pounds per day or 150 pounds
per hour.  This may be applicable to fabric roller
printing operations.
General hydrocarbon regulation which limits emissions
of photochemically reactive materials to 40 pounds
per day or an emission reduction of 85 percent.
No applicable regulation.
Any existing source that has the potential to emit
more than 100 tons per year of VOC must reduce
emissions by 90 percent.  There are no exemptions,
and compliance is on a source by source basis.
No applicable regulation.
No applicable regulation.
No applicable regulation.
No applicable regulation.
No applicable regulation.
No applicable regulation.
A general regulation on organic solvents.  This
regulation would probably apply to the organic
solvents used in fabric printing print pastes.
aThis table addresses State mass emission rate regulations for the con-
 trol of VOC emissions.  States have "odor" and "nuisance" regulations
 that may be applicable to the control of VOC emissions from fabric
 printing operations.
bfiest Available Control Technology.
°Prevention of Significant Deterioration.
                                   6-14

-------
 REFERENCES

 1.  Storey, Joyce.   The  Thames and Hudson Manual  of Textile  Printing.
     London, Thames and Hudson Ltd., 1974.  188 p.

 2.  Thomas, R. J.   Dyeing Mechanism in  Textile  Printing.  Special  topics
     in Fabric  Printing.   P.D.  No.  41.   Clemson,   Clemson  University
     Press.

 3.  Clark,  W.   An  Introduction   to   Textile  Printing.    Textile Book
     Service.  1974.  289 p.

 4.  Letter  from  Steenland,  William H. ,  ATMI,  to Gasperecz,  Greg, EPA:
     CPB.  August 16, 1979.  ATMI comments on Phase I document.

 5.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.  Phase  I:  Textile Printing
     (Final Report).   U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research
     Triangle Park, North Carolina.  October 1979.

 6.  Memo  from  York,  Steven, RTI,  to  Johnson,  William,  EPA:CPB.  March
     28, 1980.  Recommendations  on  Model Plants and  Regulatory Alterna-
     tives.

 7.  Memo  from Viconovic, George,  GCA/Technology Division,  to Porter,
     Fred L.,  EPArESED.   October  9,  1980.   Environmental  and  Cost
     Analyses.

 8.  Final Trip Report  from  Viconovic,  George,  GCA/Technology Division,
     to Porter, Fred  L. ,  EPArESED.   October 28, 1980.  Applikay Textile
     Process Corporation.

 9.  Telecon.   Viconovic, George,  GCA/Technology  Division,  with Cuc-
     cirelli, Joseph, Dove Processing Company.  January 8, 1981.
     Organic solvent usage.

10.  Telecon.  Viconovic,  George,  GCA/Technology Division,  with Murrow,
     Jack, A.T.P.  Processors.  January  6,  1981.   Organic  solvent usage.

11.  Telecon.  Viconovic,  George,  GCA/Technology Division,  with Bolton,
     Ed, Duro Textile Printers.  January 6, 1981.  Organic solvent usage.

12.  Telecon.  Viconovic,  George,  GCA/Technology Division,  with Grabow,
     J. , Brewster  Finishing  Company.   January 6,  1981.   Organic solvent
     usage.

13.  Telecon.  Tippitt,  William,  EPA:ESED,  with Technical Representative,
     Inmont Corporation.   January  5,  1981.  Industry trends  in organic
     solvent usage.

14.  Airco  Solvent  Recovery  System  (Product  brochure).   March  1980.
     Airco Industrial Gases,  Murray Hill, New Jersey.
                                   6-15

-------
15.  Letter  and  Attachments  from  Pannell,   K.  E. ,  Exxon  Company,  to
     Patinskas, John, GCA/Technology Division.  December 9, 1980.
     Technical data on Varsol 1 and Varsol 18.

 16.  Memo from Ryan, Ron, GCA/Technology Division,  to Viconovic, George,
      GCA/Technology Division.   December  15, 1980.   Vaporization  and
      condensation of fabric printing solvents.

 17.  Memo from  Mascone, David  C. ,  EPArCPB, to  Farmer,  Jack, EPArCPB.
      June 11, 1980.  Thermal Incinerator Performance for NSPS.

 18.  Telecon.  Viconovic,  George,  GCA/Technology  Division,  with Sales
      Representative, Combustion Engineering.  November 18, 1980.
      Thermal incinerator costs.

 19.  Telecon.  Viconovic,  George,  GCA/Technology  Division,  with Sales
      Representative, Peabody  International   Inc.   November   18,  1980.
      Thermal incinerator costs.

 20.  Telecon.  Viconovic,  George,  GCA/Technology  Division,  with Sales
      Representative, John Zink Inc.  November 19, 1980.  Thermal
      incinerator costs.

 21.  Telecon.  Viconovic, George, GCA/Technology Division, with Hamlin,
      Robert, Hamlin Sheet  Metal  Company.   November  19, 1980.   Sheet
      metal cost  estimates.

 22.  Neveril, R.  B., CARD Inc.  Capital and  Operating Costs of Selected
      Air Pollution  Control  Systems.    U.S.  Environmental  Protection
      Agency, Research   Triangle Park,   North Carolina.   December 1978.

 23.  Telecon.  Viconovic, George, GCA/Technology Division, with Hender-
      son, Thomas L.,  Virginia Air  Pollution Control  Agency.   January
      26, 1981.  State  VOC regulations.

 24.  Telecon.  Pilcher, Lester Y., GCA/Technology Division, with Manly,
      Paul, New Jersey  Department of Environmental Quality.  January 27,
      1981.  State VOC  regulations.
                                    6-16

-------
                               SECTION 7
                                FLARES

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     Flares are  used  for  the  disposal  of  combustible  waste  gases.
Their use  is  most  commonly associated  with  petroleum refineries  but
they are  also  used  in  petrochemical  plants,  oil  fields,  steel mills,
sewage disposal  plants,  and  could  be necessary  in  coal  gasification
plants.  Three  broad  classifications, of  operational  conditions  are
associated with the  use  of  flares.   These are (1) process start-up and
shutdown venting,  (2) minor  operational  upsets  not  causing  unit  or
plant shutdown,  and (3)  emergency  release of  process materials  as  a
result of power  failure  or  major  equipment failure.  An example of the
first use would  be  controlled venting of  a vessel  prior  to performing
maintenance; the  second  category  could  include  flaring of  gases  from
leaking pressure  relief valves tied  into  a  manifold  system;  and the
last category  could  cover  the  massive  diversion of the  full process
flow.  From an  operational  point  of view,  flares can be  distinguished
from thermal incinerators by the requirement to  operate under  a  wide
range of  conditions.   Flares designed  to handle  emergency  releases
could be required to  handle gas flows  ranging from several  hundreds  of
cubic meters over  a  relatively short  period  of  time.   Obviously  they
must be designed  to  handle  the  maximum  flow  possible  under  worst-case
conditions.  Further, these gases may range from hydrogen-rich reformer
gases to liquefied petroleum gases.
     True flares  are classified  as either elevated or  ground-level.
Simple burning pits have  also been  utilized but  their use is generally
reserved for extremely  large  gas  flows   under catastrophic  conditions
when the design capacity of  the  primary flare  is exceeded.   The elevated
flare is  the  most   commonly  used  type   for  emergency purposes.   The
taller elevated  flares   require  a  support structure   which  increases
costs, but  can  be located  relatively  close  to  other units  and  still
meet the distance standards associated with radiant heat  transfer  from
the open  flame  at the  tip  of the  flare.  Further,  in the  case  of  a
flame-out, the  flammable  gases  are  not  released,  even  momentarily,  at
ground level.
                                    7-1

-------
     Modern flares must be designed to  be  safe,  minimize noise, and be
smokeless.  The essential parts  of a flare are  the  burner,  the stack,
seal, liquid  trap,   controls,  pilot  burner,  and  ignition  system.   A
simplified sketch of  a  typical elevated flare is  given  in Figure 7-1.
A typical refinery  blowdown  system used in conjunction  with the flare
is shown in Figure 7-2.
     From an  air  emissions  point  of  view,  the principal  design  and
operational objective associated  with  waste  gas  flares has  been  the
achievement of smokeless operation.  Little attention has been given to
the systematic evaluation  or  control   of  VOC emissions.  The  control
problem associated  with  smokeless  operation  is  the  injection  and
thorough mixing of  the proper  amount  of  combustion  air  in  order  to
eliminate or minimize those flame reactions which lead to the formation
and agglomeration of  soot nuclei.  This is not  easily done  in a rela-
tively simple  flare which must handle  a  wide range  (up to  very large
volumes) of  flare  gas  flow  rates.    Several   possible aproaches  to
introducing and mixing sufficient quantities  of  combustion  air  are
given below:
     0  Direct Air Injection
             forced air (mechanical blower)
             induced air (venturi burners)
     0  Assisted Air Injection
             steam jet
             other inert gas (e.g. N2)
The most popular smokeless type flare,  until recent years,  has been the
steam assisted type,  although some multi-tip induced air  flares have
also been used.   Mechanical  (forced air)  flares were more  costly  and
difficult to  control.   As the  cost of  steam has increased,  advanced
forced air  flares  have gained  in popularity.   The  use of  compressed
nitrogen or other  inert gas air  injection methods have  not  been cost
competitive.
     Steam injection type elevated  flares  predominate  in the emergency
disposal of combustible waste  gases  by  thermal oxidation.   The  main
action of  steam  injection  is to  aspirate air  and   improve molecular
mixing of fuel  and air by mechanical  and dynamic means.  It  has also
                                   7-2

-------
                                                                          FIGURE 7-1
                                                      vP
                                                      <
                                                      5
H
CO

oo

W

23
nJ
(it
 I
§
g
OO
00
w
ij
8
CO
o
w
oo

      U)
          8
          P
      cc   o
      J
      61
       UJ


                   £
           I        \
                                                                I
                                                               >
                    1
               cC

               2
                           
-------
                                                       FIGURE 7-2
TYPICAL MODERN  REFINERY SLOWDOWN SYSTEM
                                                 TO PURE STACK
                                   LIGHT-ENDS CONOENSATE RECOVERY
                     7-4
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
been suggested  that  the  steam  reacts  with  fuel  to  form  oxygenated
compounds that  burn  readily at  relatively low  temperatures,  and that
water gas reactions  take  place with the  same  general  effect-'-).  Tests
conducted recently on an experimental flare tend  to show that the effect
of steam  addition on   chemical  reactions is  slight  compared  to  its
dynamic contribution towards better combustion^).
     There are a variety  of  combustion  tip designs  for elevated flares
utilizing steam injection.   Variations  in method and  location  of steam
injection and  location  of  air introduction  are the  most  significant
variables.  Siegel^) has  illustrated a  number  of  flare head designs
(Figure 7-3).  In flare  heads where air is  mixed after the gas exits, the
flame stabilizes  away   from  the  flare mouth.   Flare heads  using this
design operate at lower temperatures in the tip region, and potentially
are less  subject  to  corrosion  and clogging of steam  jet  openings with
soot.  Premixing type flare heads have better  flame  stability  and have
less tendency for soot  formation.
     Important design factors for steam injected  elevated flares include
gas flow rate and the ratio of  steam to  flare gas.  The stack gas design
velocity should be as high as  possible  to provide increased turbulence
and to  prevent  flashback.   The  optimum   tip  velocity range   for  one
design cited  by the Air  Pollution  Engineering  Manual^-)  is 90  to  120
mps.  This  velocity  will  vary with  design  and gas  composition.   In
order to  prevent  flame blow-out,  the maximum velocity is  limited  to
about 150 taps.   The  mass  ratio of steam to flare gas  generally should
be in  the range  of 0.2  to 0.5D.   In  the  experimental  flare tests
reported by  Siegel^),  the  following  visual  results  were  observed  at
different steam to air mass ratios:
     Steam/Gas Ratio (Kg/Kg)         Flame Appearance
             0.17                   slightly  sooty peaks
             0.38                   soot-free
             0.52                   almost non-luminous
At ratios over  1.0,  carbon monoxide concentrations began  to increase,
but at ratios as high as about 1.8 there was little increase  in  unburned
hydrocarbon.  It  should be noted  that  the tests  conducted by Siegel
                                    7-5

-------
                                                          FIGURE  7-3
           DIFFERENT DESIGNS OF ELEVATED FLARE HEADS2)
 Air-admixing  after the exit
 of the  gas

                    '
            T
           Steam
              internal steam
              nozzle
              external steam
              nozzle in one
              nlane

                efore the exi
 c~  the g
 stcair
                                    Steam
                                    Chs
                            2. external steam  nozzles
                              in several planes •
air
                                                     V
                                                 Steam
3.  internal steam-
   and gas nozzles
   (Bunscn system)
4. annular gap
  injectors
  (wall jot)
                                         5. injector rods
                                           (wall jet)
                                                   ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
cannot be  considered  completely representative  of  normal flare condi-
tions.  The hydrogen concentration  of  the  flare gases was high (mostly
between 50 and  64  percent  by volume) and the heat content high.  Also,
the partially premixed flane is not typical  of flares in this country.
At excessive  stean/gas  ratios flame  cooling  could  reach  the  point
where combustion no longer takes place.  From  the  above it is apparent
that steam flow should be  controlled as a function  of  flare  gas flow.
This can  be  done manually or  with automatic  controls.   In the latter
case, various means  of  sensing gas flow  and  using  this  parameter to
control steam flow have  been used.   Two  variations  of flow measurement
orifices are shown in Figures 7-4 and 7-5.
     Direct air  induction using multiple venturi  burner sets  have been
used on  some  ground   flares.   These  depend  on sequentially  placing
additional burners on-line as  flow increases.   Both pressure activated
valves and water sealed drums set  to  release at  different  pressures
have been used to add  burners  to the circuit  as  flow  increases.  Figures
7-6 and  7-7  illustrate  two  different types  of multi-jet  burners.
     One flare  construction firm representative-^)  stated that sales of
forced air flares using  centrifugal blowers  have increased in the past
several years due to the rapidly increasing costs of steam.  Capacities
as high as 100,000 Ibs./hr. of  flare gas are available.   Improved blower
controls have  aided  in  making this  type  of  flare more  effective  in
smoke suppression.  Figure 7-8 illustrates  such a flare.
     Data on emissions from flares  is  very sparse.   Tests conducted by
Siegel ' showed  conversion  efficiencies  of  organic  carbon  to  COj
of 98 to  99  percent.   Because this  was  a  relatively small  test  flare
and hydrogen content  unusually high, the results cannot be  considered
typical for  a  full-scale  smokeless  flare  handling  relatively  high
molecular weight hydrocarbons.
                                    7-7

-------
                                                           FIGURE  7-4
  WASTE-GAS FLARE  SYSTEM USING ESSO-TYPE BURNER
           REGULATED WITH SLOTTED ORIFICE
INSTRUMENT Al*
                   SHALL FLOI

            FLOI         """ 5"
            CONTtOlLEIt
             PHESSUM SCNSOU
         RATIO
         »EHT
IASTE SAJ
                 1   HESSUHE t»PS
                    HICK   HI
                                    fLOE A»»ESIO«
                             *T—i n
                              ^SLOTTED    III
                             Lj^J  U|
                       7-8
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                                             FIGURE 7-5
            DIAGRAM OF WASTE-GAS FLARE SYSTEM
USING A SINCLAIR BURNER USING IN-LINE ORIFICE FOR REGULATION
                            7-9
                                                      ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                                                                        FIGURE 7-6
•x
w
§
a
PS

H
2!
PU
><
H
60
C
•H
C
            C
            3
            o
        T3  O u"i
         C  C 0>
         CQ    *"H
            0)
         CO  !-4  -
         M  CO <1)
         0)    4J
         CCS
         M  O -U
         3 t-i i-l

            to cn

         o  a) M

        •HOE
         a    3
           4-1 a)
         V-4  O iH
         o 
-------
                                                                    FIGURE 7-7
w
 I
M
H
Cs
O
        4J
        0)
                                  7-11
                                                            ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                                               FIGURE 7-8
SCHEMATIC OF AN AIR
ASSISTED SMOKELESS
FLARE (Courtesy of
John Zink Co.)
                                               Flare Gas
                             7-12 -

-------
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     Design of flares to meet existing air pollution emission standards
has been directed  towards achieving  reliable  smokeless  operation and
not to reduction of  VOC emissions.  Information presented in the above
section indicates VOC emissions  per unit of fuel  burned  can be higher
from a  smokeless  flare  than those from  a properly designed  boiler.
Further, it  is  possible  for VOC  emissions to  increase without  con-
current smoke  formation  in  steam  assisted flares  if   the  steam/fuel
ratio is too high.
     Several alternatives  appear  to be  possible for reducing  overall
emissions from flare operation.   Not  all are  feasible or even possible
at all locations.   These  alternatives are listed below:
     1.  Process Changes
         0  Reduce potential  for  flaring by improved process  control.
         0  Reduce quantities  of  material  routinely  flared  by  sub-
            stituting vapor recovery systems.
         0  Utilize more  of  the  flare gases in  fuel  gas  systems  where
            combustion takes place  in  well controlled  boilers  or  fur-
            naces.
     2.  Flare Design Changes
         0  Improve combustion by  improvement  in burner design, inclu-
            ding staged  use  of  burners  and  better  combustion  air
            mixing.
         0  Provide closer  control of steam/flare gas  ratio over  wide
            range of  flare gas rates.
         0  Consider  other methods  of  combustion air  introduction  such
            as blowers.
                                  7-13

-------
     Additional information  is  necessary  to  quantify emissions  from
flares and to determine the most effective  control  measures.   The U.S.
EPA has two  active  contracts to obtain  such  information^).   The first
is a  short-term contract  to  develop  test  methods.   The  second  is a
longer-range program to determine  flare efficiency under various con-
ditions.  No data fron these programs are yet available.
     In a  study for  the  U.S.  EPA  conducted  by  I.T.  Enviroscience^)
of the  synthetic  organic  chemicals manufacturing  industry  (SOCMI),
alternative means of  handling  flare gases were  examined.   This report
suggests that energy and cost aspects of  flaring make  the use  of flare
gases as  fuel  an  attractive  option where  technologically  feasible.
Cost benefit curves  for elevated  flares,  ground flares, and a  fuel gas
system are reproduced  in  Figures  7-9,  7-10, and 7-11.   Data  should be
used for  comparison  as they were  developed using  a  particular design
basis.

STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTION
     There are  no  source-specific  rules pertaining  to VOC  emissions
from flare gas  systems at  the  federal, state,  or  local level.   Many
states and local  agencies,  however, regulate  smoke from flares  under
general prohibitions on  opacity of visible emissions.   To  some extent
these regulations indirectly serve  to reduce  VOC emissions  as  compared
to uncontrolled smoke-producing flares.
     The California Air Resources  Board has  conducted a survey of flare
use in California, but  a proposed model rule has not yet been developed.
                                   7-14

-------
                                                                                               FIGURE  7-9
in
 S
 w
 H
 CO
 >•<
 CO

 w
 ai
  I
 o
 w
 H
 w
 hJ
 a

 2!
 <

 :*
 CQ

 Q
 W
 H
 CO
 w
 Q
 CO
 CO
 Z
 w
 CJ
 w
 w

 H
 CO
 o
 o
                                                                                                    O
                                                                                                    O
                                                                                                    o
                                                                                                    o
                                                                               o
                                                                               o
                                                                               o
                                                                               o
                                                                               c
                                                                               —
                                                                               >*
                                                                               a.
                                                                               o
                                                                                                         in
                                                                                                         cj
                                                                               o
                                                                               n
                                                                               o.
                                                                               c
                                                                              O
                                                                               O
                                                                               ji
                                                                               O


                                                                               to
                                                                              •o
                                                                                                        LU
                   CM

                   CM
O
CM
CO

O
(D
O
                                                                      1SOQ
CM
O
CM
O
                                                           1SO-JI S6UJABS
                                               7-15

-------
                                                                    FIGURE 7-10
H
CO
O
o

M
H
w
PU
O
CO
CO
§
O
H
CO
>-"
CO

w
Q
§
                    ( 0001$) isoo  Bui.iejado lenuuv
                                                                           O
                                                                           O
                                                                           O
                                                                           O
                                                                           a
                                                                           o
                                                                           CO
                                                                           a
                                                                           o
                                                                           a
                                                                           c.
                                                                           ca
                                                                           O

                                                                           O
                                                                           LL
                                                                           1
                                                                           T3
                                                                           O
                                                                           w
                                                                           o
                                  7-16
                                                             ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                                                    FIGURE 7-11
H

CO


O
 I
w
e
<
Q
W


I
H
to
CJ
O
cn
en
w
!25
W
H
U
W
Pti
ft,
H
CO
O
                                                    S5U1A2S
                             /$)
                                7-17
                                                            ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
REFERENCES

1.  "Air Pollution  Engineering  Manual,"  AP-40,  Second Ed.,  U.S.  EPA,
    OAQPS, RTP, NC, May 1973.

2.  K. D. Siegel,  "Degree of Conversion  of  Flare  Gas in Refinery High
    Flares.   Pollutant Emission from Refinery High Flares as a Function
    of Their  Operating  Conditions,"  dissertation  for  the degree  of
    Ph.D. in Engineering Science at the Chemical Engineering Department
    of the  University  in  Karlsruhe,  West  Germany,  February  1980.

3.  Personal communication  from Dick Bell,  the  John  Zink  Company,  to
    R. J. Bryan, Engineering-Science, Inc., February 26, 1981.

4.  Personal communication between Les Evans,  U.S.  EPA, and  R. J. Bryan,
    Engineering-Science, Inc., February 3, 1981.

5.  "Emission  Control  Options  for  the   Synthetic  Organic  Chemicals
    Manufacturing Industry:  Flares and the Use of Emissions as Fuels,"
    prepared by I.T. Enviroscience  for  the U.S.  EPA,  OAQPS, ESED,  RTP,
    NC, Contract No. 68-02-2577, August 1980.
                                   7-18

-------
                               SECTION 8
                         LUBE OIL MANUFACTURING

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     The heavy distillates and residues  provide heavy  oils  for various
uses such  as  waxes and  lubricating  oils.  These distillates  are also
hydrocracked to lighter distillate fuels and gasoline.  In 1972, lubri-
cating oils and greases accounted for 67.8 million barrels of the 4,280
million barrels of crude run to stills-*-).   Both solvent extraction
and chemical treatment  have been  standard practices  in  the upgrading
of lubricants.   The  use  of  additives  (0.001  to  25 percent  or more)
such as  antioxidants,   detergents,   extreme-pressure   agents,  antifoam
compounds, viscosity index  improvers and antiscuff  agents  are used to
improve the performance of most lubricants.
     Lubricating oils  are manufactured  from  paraffin-based  oils  and
mixed-base oils.   When  lubricating  oils  are  produced  from  the mixed-
base oils,  they  generally  require  acid  or  solvent  treatment.
     Solvent treating  or extraction  is  one  of the  most  widely used
processes; however, there are  numerous  methods  and  a wide  variety of
heavy-oil stocks.  Figure 8-1 illustrates the general flow of
operations presently conducted  in lube  oil manufacture.   The solvent
treatment rids  the  oil of  a majority of  the  dark  colored  materials.
However, the older, more  conventional  treatments  such as  clay percola-
tion or contacting usually must also be incorporated.
     The Pennsylvanian stocks are finishable by  contacting  or percola-
tion alone.  Both acid and clay treatment are necessary for lube stocks
from superior lube crude oil.  Catalytic  desulfurization and hydrogena-
tion are also  suggested as a method of preparing superior raw lubricating
oil stocks.
     Vacuum distillation in  the presence of a small amount  of caustic
soda, or soda ash, acid  treatment  and soda ash neutralization of each
of the several lube fractions,  and  percolation clay treatment result in
the manufacture of  low-cold-test  lubricating oils.  The  lightest lube
                                   8-1

-------
                                                                                    FIGURE 8-1
SCHEMATIC  DIAGRAM OF  A REFINERY FOR PRODUCING LUBRICATING OILS
          CRUDE
                    VACUUM
        FRACT10NATION  ! FRACTONA- ' £ •
                  I   TION   I < <
Gasoline
           Oli
                           Sat
                           tX (ft
                           Ul LU
lOEASPHALT-l  SOLVENT  I SOLVENT, I  DECOLORIZING  |  BLENDING
   ING  '  REFINING  | DEWAXING |

                                     I


                                £t
                  I Gas oil
        Reduced crude
                                         Raffinate
                 tor
                  Medium!

                 -Ph.
                  I Heavy |  j
                   CfcbLL
                  'Extra |  —
                  Iheavy'

                      '  'II
                         o «>
                     Short  (
                    residuum I
                                Asphalt I    Extract
1
' \
\








s

1

1
Solvent
recovery
I

1
' 1
1

tl
Is
& •
ackl wa
Si?
?«2
« 5-0











I
1
'Dew
1 °











Crud
seal
ued
1
|
I
n
O

L_
Paraffi
r~
3
S
X
Clay «nd


e
e
                                                                       SAE.
                                                                      motor oils
                                                                      Paraffin
                                                                      wax and
                                                                     petrolatum
                  Schematic diagram of a refinery for producing lubricating oils.
       Reference  2
                                        3-2
                                                                 ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
fraction, naphtha, is  used  to  dilute  the  viscous oils before treating.
For the lightest oils, the acid ranges from 10 Ibs./bbl. to 40 Ibs. for
the heaviest  (150  to  200  viscosity at 210°F),  and the range  for the
soda ash neutralization is from 1 to 3 Ibs./bbl.
     Batch agitators  are  usually used  for the  acid  treatment  of lube
stocks.  Table 8-1 presents the various operations of  treating oils (the
characteristics of which  vary  greatly).   Neutralization with soda ash
or caustic  is achieved by  agitating  gently with  3  to  15°Be'  caustic
until neutral, spraying with hot water  or steaming and  settling  for 4
to 15  hours;  several  washings and  settlings  are  generally required.
The oil  can then  be  brightened by heating  to  120  to 200°F  by  steam
coils in  an open pan; heating  and  blowing with air; or  by agitating
with dry  Sil-0-Cel,  etc., and  filtering.   Neutralization by ammonia is
becoming increasingly  popular  since the highly  stable  emulsions  which
form during neutralization  via caustic or soda do  not form  with  the
ammonia method,  nor  do  they  form  with  the  clay  contact  process.
     Treatment of lubricating oils  by centrifuges  or  horizontal mixers
is frequently done.   In this  process  the  oil  is heated  and  mixed with
acid for about 10 minutes  by a mechanical and/or reaction  tank.   Water
is then added to prepare the sludge, and discharged through the centri-
fuges.  As  the  sludge accumulates  in the hopper,  it is  continuously
pumped to  fuel  oil  mixing tanks  or  to  an  acid  recovery  system.
Lube Oil Hydrotreating Process
     Hydrotreating, though not  the most conventional method of petroleum
product production,  yields  a full  scope   of  finished single-grade  or
multigrade lube  oils with a wide  range  yield-viscosity  distribution,
in addition to  valuable  byproducts  consisting  of  gasoline,  naphtha,
kerosine, furnace oil, and waxes (see Figure  8-2).
     Makeup and recycle hydrogen along with oil feed are charged to  the
reactor where viscosity index improvement,  desulfurization,  denitrogena-
tion, carbon residue reduction,  and demetallization are  obtained.  The
bottoms (total lube product) is dewaxed  after the hydrogen-rich recycle
gas stream is flashed  from  the  reactor  effluent and the liquid product
                                    8-3

-------
                                 TABLE 8-1

                             TREATMENT OF OILS
                             Distilled  Residual
                             Cylinder   Cylinder     225     Pale    Average
                              Stock      Stock    Neutral   Oils     Oils
Refiner

Pounds water acid, 66°Be',
  agitate 1/2 hr.

Hours of settle and draw

Pounds acting acid, 66°Be',
  agitate 1/2-1 hr.

Hours of settle and draw

Water wash


Neutralized by
  4

  6
 Clay
Contact
 32

  4
 Clay
Contact
  1

  2


  4

  9
II


 4

 4
III


2-12

2-31
                             10-18a   20-60

                             12-20     2-8

                                       Yes
           (150 gal. per
             1,000 bbl.)
 Clay   Caustic  Caustic
Contact
a)  98 percent acid.

Reference No. 2
                                        8-4

-------
                                                                          FIGURE  8-2
                                                     CJ
                                                     s
                                                     eo
                                                     f—
                                                     C3
                        0= co

                        u. —i  irj
                            CJ
                            •«:
                            _j
                            CO
O
cc.
O
LJU
CO
                 CJ

                 CJ
                                                              X

                                                              E
 —I
1
                                                    V
                                   t
                                  CO  C3
                                  CO  h—
                                  CS  CO
                                                                                CO

                                                                                 1)
                                                                                 U

                                                                                 ol
                                                                                 S-t
                                                                                 D
                                    3-5
                                  ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
is charged to a  stripper to remove oil and  the  lighter products.  The
various viscosity lube oils are produced  by  vacuum distillation of the
dewaxed oil.  The distillation  can also be done prior  to  the dewaxing
for other desired fractions.
Process Emissions and Emission Points from Solvent Treating and
     Hydrotreating
     Extraction involves the  removal  of  a  component from a  liquid  by
means of the selective solvent action of another liquid.   This procedure
facilitates the removing of low-viscosity index  hydrocarbons, unusable
sludges and  colored  materials  from lubricating  oil.   Generally,  the
extraction is countercurrent.   This presents two  difficulties:  obtain-
ing solution equilibrium and  separating the  two  immiscible phases.   As
an example, the extractive  refining of lubricating  oils  with furfural
(C5H402) is illustrated in Figure 8-3.   Color bodies, sulfur compounds,
and oxygen-containing molecules  are effectively  removed  from lube-oil
stock by furfural.  As shown in Figure 8-4, of a typical solvent-refining
process of lubricating oil, the oil is mixed with  the  solvent or solvents
in an  extractor  column.  Use of  the  proper solvent,  facilitates  the
separation of the mixture  into  two layers,  one  of  which is  rich  in
solvent and  containing  the  dissolved  impurities  (extract),  and  the
other containing little  solvent and most of  the  desirable  oil  (raf-
finate).  The procedure  as  presented  in Figures  8-3  and  8-4 incorpor-
ates the following unit operations  when furfural  solvent is  used:
     0  Continuous countercurrent  extraction of  the  lubricating  stock
        with furfural at temperatures  between  130  and 280°F, depending
        on the  oil  used;  suitable heat  exchangers  are  provided.
     0  Continuous separation  of the raffinate fraction from the extract
        fraction.
     0  Recovery  of   solvent   (furfural)   by  vacuum  evaporation  from
        raffinate or  refined oil.
     0  Stripping by  steam  distillation of small  amounts  of remaining
        solvent  from refined oil,  giving wet  furfural or water solution
        of furfural.
                                    8-6

-------
                                                                     FIGURES 8-3 & 8-4
                                  FIGURE 8-3

        FLOWCHART FOR LUBE-OIL REFINING BY FURFURAL  EXTRACTION
             Cooler-
Recovered furfural
                                                    ^  l>.--Wef' SO/venr yerpor
                                                                     £T~Cono/enser
  Vac.oil flash
     - tower
     Extract
     flash tower
      Extract (+solvent)-' Heatexch/  pvn:f/ej 0,y.
                                  FIGURE 8-4

       TYPICAL  SOLVENT-REFINING PROCESS  EMPLOYING FURFURAL AND

        PROVIDED WITH SOLVENT-WATER SEPARATION AND  RECOVERY
    	Solvent Refining Process	?-f<	Solvent-Water	-3
                                                   Separation

     Key'- A-Raffinate and solvent; B= Solvent extract and water; C=Solvent saturated withwate-
                             D" Water saturated with solvent
Reference  1
                                      8-7
                                       ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
     0  Recovery of  solvent  (furfural)  from extract by atmospheric and
        by pressure distillation, this wet solvent (furfural) being the
        main recovery;  fractionation  leaves dry   solvent  behind  and
        ready for re-use.
     0  Stripping with  steam of  small  amounts  of  solvent  left in the
        extract, furnishing wet solvent or water solution of solvent.
     0  Final  stripping of  solvent  from  combined aqueous  solutions;
        overhead is chilled,  and  solvent  is conducted to fractionator.
     °  When  furfural  is  used,   solvent is  recirculated through  the
        system as many as 15 times each day and  with a very small loss,
        less than 0.03 percent of solvent recirculated.
     The calculated  solvent  losses  of  less  than  0.03  percent  of
recirculated solvent appear low from an industrial standpoint; however,
as is often the  case, the  larger  the  operation  the  greater  the solvent
emissions to  the atmosphere,  which  if  left unchecked,  could  become
sizable.  The possible loss locations are the following^':
     Storage Tanks                       Pump and Compressor Seals
     Wastewater Treatment                Pressure Relief Devices
     Cooling Towers                      Drains, Sumps, Hot  Wells
     Compressor Engines                  Blind Changing
     Stationary Fuel Combustion          Sampling
     Valves                              Uncontrolled  Slowdown
     Flanges and Other Connecting
       Devices
     Closely related  to this  area of  the  petroleum  industry  is  the
re-refining of various  oils  used  in a  number  of  applications.   This
process is reputed  to  be a potential  source of considerable  volatile
organic emissions, however, a contact at Golden  Eagle  Oil  (Los Angeles,
California) stated  that  out  of  the  50  oil  refineries in  California,
only 3 of them produce  lube  oil.   As  for the re-refining  of  it,  it  is
very nonvolatile  by nature, thus  not a likely source  of  VOCs.   The
re-refining process  would  involve  redistilling  and  filtering  used
                                   8-8

-------
lube oil, in which  case  the  emission  sources would be much the same as
those listed previously for the production of lube oil.
     Both Standard  Oil  and Amerada Hess  Oil companies  confirmed that
with hydrotreating  to  produce lube oil (the newer  process),  the same
typical VOC  emission  sources  exist  as  with  any  other  method.

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     In the event that volatile organic  emissions are significant enough
to warrant  specific  controls  on  the lube oil  production  process,
condensers would be a possibility.
     According to the EPA report  titled  "Control Techniques for Volatile
Organic Emissions from Stationary Sources"^', condensers have long been
used as  a  successful  control method  (often  with  additional  control
equipment) in  abating  organic  emissions  from  petroleum refining  and
petrochemical manufacturing.   Even when  used as  the primary  control
equipment, condensers are usually followed by a secondary air pollution
control system (such as an afterburner) which treats the non-condensible
gases and achieves a high degree of overall efficiency^.

STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     Presently there are no rules  or  regulations on  the  state or local
level regarding emissions  from the lube oil  production  process  speci-
fically.  The  existing  regulatory  work has  centered around  volatile
organic emissions  from  the  general petroleum industry  and  is  mostly
concerned with storage, loading and unloading and  disposal  of volatile
organic compounds.
                                   8-9

-------
REFERENCES

1.  Shreve,  R.   Norris,  and  Brink,  Joseph  A.,  Chemical  Process  In-
    dustries.  McGraw-Hill, 1977.

2.  Nelson,  W.   L.,  Chemical  Engineering  Series,  Petroleum  Refinery
    Engineering.  McGraw-Hill, 1969.

3.  Hydrocarbon Processing, Page 128, September 1980.

4.  EPA-450/2-78-022, May 1978, Control Techniques for Volatile Organic
    Emissions from Stationary Sources.

5.  Phone  Conversation with  Harry Chatfield  of the  South Coast  Air
    Quality Management District, Dec. 1980.

6.  Phone  Conversation  with   Chemical  Engineer  at  Amerada  Hess  Oil
    Company, Purvis,  Mississippi, Jan. 1981.

7.  Phone  Conversation with Engineer at  Standard Oil,  San Francisco,
    California,  Jan.  1981.

8.  Phone  Conversation with Engineer  at  Golden Eagle Oil, Los Angeles,
    California,  Jan.  1981.
                                    8-10

-------
                               SECTION 9
                  OIL AND GAS PRODUCTION STORAGE TANKS

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     This source  category  covers tanks used in  oil  and gas production
fields which produce at  least some liquid  petroleum.   These tanks are
utilized in production operations prior to transfer of  the field output
from the producer  to  a transporter or refiner.   Further,  for purposes
of this section, we are considering onshore production  only.
     Onshore petroleum  production covers  the drilling of  wells, the
recovery from  wells,  and   the   field  operations  conducted prior  to
transport of  oil and/or  gas from  the  field  to  refineries or   other
customers.  Wells  predominantly   producing  crude  oil  are   called oil
wells, and those primarily  producing gas are  termed gas wells.  However,
most oil wells produce some  gas, and  almost all  gas  wells produce some
liquid hydrocarbons  through temperature  and  pressure   changes.   This
liquid is a condensate and  is distinct from crude oil.
     Installations in  petroleum  production  fields  are  conveniently
classified as (1)  tank  batteries, (2) gas  sweetening,  and  (3)  natural
gas liquids plants (Figure  9-1).   We will be concerned principally with
the tank batteries.  The tank battery  receives the gas/water, gas/oil,
and oil/water mixtures  and  separates them into  fractions.  The gas
sweetening unit removes hydrogen sulfide (if any)  from  the  natural gas
mixture and further  processes  it, usually involving a  sulfur recovery
plant.  The natural gas liquids plant is designed to remove hydrocarbons
heavier than ethane.  The condensate  so  removed  is held in pressurized
storage tanks.
     In a  study for  the  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency,
estimated the total number of tank batteries in the United States to be
84,541.  The greatest number is in Texas (30,828), followed by Califor-
nia (18,114).  Again, for purposes  of the TRW study,  each battery was
assumed to include two tanks.  The tanks in  a  model battery (specified
for cost analysis  purposes)  were assigned a capacity  of  75,000 liters
                                    9-1

-------
                                  FIGURE 9-1


\—

oo
Q
t— i
w o-
§ J
t-^ CZ3
W J
o - 95
W =3
S 5
M Z
O
O

p
w

 S
z: ui "•
UJ C_> o
0 I— O P
1— t 1 I 1 Q£ W'
H Ul Ou S
y .so
P oo "
n
0




>-
LU
r—
33
i
I





UJ
5

t—
UJ
w









2

mm
«<






u

f*







^










«•


e
<.










°~
vt :
fl






ui
Ll
j_
tj
U.
^.
3.

41
"5
o f
"

r




j
E CT
1 C
A «






Dt
C
ftl


ai
•3
*— '

3
^
3





J
i
a.
Q
4
|
(-»

]

Compressor

t-^
Lomp lenity
c2cj(






V*
H*
U

tj
o
-o
v a.
— O
_J
c


c
0
*
o.
CO





1
n
tO t>
u-i a
0 cr
c
0) C
o c_
c
to •-
1 — 4J n
•Z. CO 4-
 fl}
= | 2 > a
i* CU t
g C
U CU 4-
uj ^>
• 3 Ji
IbO c
^c
^ o 3 *- - ^p-
» 'N O. wi O O t
	 • •» £ v */i •-;
c
t— t_>
u, /Y"""~~\
J— / It) L. 1 U O
1 UJ 1/1 1 I I W
1 "^ S A

^tj 1 3 z ""
2"~ ' 41 Sl4i >, «- 3
U 1 | 1  z S S 2S ' r1
------>o<^ o ^ ^^ /

«•— z «*^ \
«j — a a* ^- c \
5° . ° || \l
" 2$
3 «
c e
v> e o.
iss
"1 	 1 5 ssi^.""'^
b 	 -sl
1 	 f "" 1
U « 1
«
o
1
o
of Messrs. W. |
4 00
1 C
: 4-1
q co
•H
^ co
4 C
3 O
a
^ nl
nmittef
3 0
4 U
i C
0 O
J -U







>1
&$
* 0




, a* —
r'S

'li
^



4t


I.
S
. Griffith (Getty),
H
'U
c
CO
CO
•H
r-1
•H
3
O










^
o"
2
V*


/—
(X

"




and G. Holliday
^
o
PS
£
i-t
iH
Pn
CO /—
S-l iH
O i-H
a
cfl v_















x-

*

S


w
«
C







/















-v



!x -1
T ->
T
I
, -*
1 W
>
9-2
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
(about 470 bbls.).  Engineering-Science,  in a study of fixed-roof tanks,
made tests on oil field tanks ranging from 27,000  liters (170 bbls.) to
16,000,000 liters  (100,000 bbls.)2).'  Many  tanks were  in  the  1,000
bbls. to  2,000 bbls.  range,  however.   Tanks  of  bolted,  riveted,  and
welded construction  are used.   Most are  fixed  cone-roof  in  design.
Very few floating-roof tanks are used in oil fields.
     A variety of processing techniques are used to carry out the phase
separations conducted  in tank batteries.   Major items of equipment and
their function are  listed in Table 9-1.  A typical sequence  of  tank
battery units is  shown in  Figure 9-2.   Operations and flow patterns in
tanks located in  production  fields cover a  broad  range of conditions.
Further, crude oil   fed  to tanks  in tank  batteries may  at times  be
unstabilized (still  contains  gas)  or  near  flashing  temperatures.   In
such cases crude oil under slight pressure flashes when introduced into
the tanks.   In  addition  to  the  functional  classification of  tanks
such as wash, knock-out, and storage, they can be classified as to mode
of operation.  Using this  scheme tanks  can be  classified  as  batch,
continuous or special  service.   Batch tanks  can  be  filled  or  emptied
but not at the same time.   Continuous tanks can be  filled and  emptied
simultaneously.   Special  service  tanks  include  those  where  flashing
might occur.   Figure 9-3 illustrates various tank operations.
     Tanks in continuous service  are  deserving  of  additional attention
because the mode  of  operation complicates the use  of equations  used to
estimate working  loss  emissions.   This  is  because  the  level  of  the
liquid in the tank  does  not vary  as much as  a batch  tank  having  the
same throughput.   Two  classes  are  briefly described.  They  are  Lease
Automatic Custody Transfer (LACT) tanks and wash tanks.
     The LACT tanks  serve a specific function in  the oil field.  Control
of the  crude is  automatically   transferred  from  the  producer to  the
transporter (or pipeline)  as it  leaves  this  tank.   The  liquid level  in
these tanks varies between  two set  points.  As liquid enters,  the liquid
level slowly  rises   to the  upper  set  point.   The  high-volume  LACT
withdrawal pump is actuated and  the liquid level falls to  the lower set
point.  The  withdrawal pump is  turned   off,  and the procedure  starts
again.
                                    9-3

-------
                               TABLE 9-1

                MAJOR TANK BATTERY PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
     Equipment
             Primary Function
Two-phase separators

Three-phase separators

Gun barrels

Heater treaters

Scrubbers or drips

Free water knockouts

Test separators
Oil, water and condensate
  storage tanks
ACT or LACT units
Oil/water and gas separation.

Oil and water and gas separation.

Oil and water separation.

Oil and water emulsion separation.

Remove liquids formed in gas lines.

Water removal.

Isolates wells to determine gas, oil, and
water production rates for individual
wells.

Self explanatory.  Condensate is heavier
fractions (C5+) removed from gas phase
following liquid/gas separation.

Automatic or lease automatic custody
transfer units used to test and quantify
crude oil and/or condensate for sales and
lease requirement purposes.
                                  9-4

-------
                                                                FIGURE 9-2
                                  CO
                                  LLJ
CO
                    CO

                    CO
o
cr
LU
                    CO


                    CD
                              9-5
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                                                             FIGURE  9-3
      OIL
OIL  AND
UNSTABILIZED
OIL UNDER ^
SLIGHT PRESSURE
                    EXAMPLE OPERATIONS  OF FIXED-ROOF  TANKS
                   VAPOR
                    OIL
                          H
-e
r VAPOR
f i
•- • T . T •
. • ". ' OIL.
f .-
T . .

                                  OIL
••.
Y
UPi
• . . T
APOR ^^
I DOWN
• •'•• ' .'.
OIL' .' :'/.

10


VAPOR
;-.•;• OIL •;-: •: ;
KATER
3_
-OIL

»ATER


ED
-^
1
• ."'

= ^
VAPOR
- .* .
d
• •
•.'.
' ,'.
*
s
t

OIL

1
T "• .




^*tl *
                               IS-OIL
                                                    STANDING STORAGE

                                                    SUBJECT  TO BREATHING  LOSS.
                  BATCH  OPERATIONS
                  SUBJECT TO CYCLIC FILLING,
                  EMPTYING,  AND BREATHING
                  LOSSES.
                                                    CONTINUOUS OPERATIONS
                                                    SUBJECT TO FILLING,  EMPTYING
                                                    AND  BREATHING LOSSES.
                                                    CONTINUOUS  OPERATIONS  (HASH TANKS)

                                                    SUBJECT TO BREATHING LOSS.
                                                    MOTE:  IF TANK FEED CONTAINS UNSTABILIZEO
                                                          CRUDE  UNDER SLIGHT  PRESSURE,  THE
                                                          TANK HILL BE SUBJECT TO FLASHING
                                                          LOSSES ALSO.
                                                    SPECIAL  OPERATIONS

                                                    SUBJECT TO FLASHING, FILUNG, EMPTYING
                                                    ANO BREATHING  LOSSES.
                                           9-6
                                                                    ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
     Wash tanks  are a  second  particular  type  of  continuous service
tank.  They separate oil and water in the incoming crude.  Oil normally
exits the tank in an overflow pipe;  therefore,  the  tanks  have a constant
liquid level.  Frequently,  crude  comes  directly from the various well-
heads to the wash tank.   The crude mixture  contains oil,  water, sand,
and gases such  as nitrogen,  and  carbon  dioxide.  The  mixture arrives
at the  wash tank  sometimes under  pressure (i.e.,  30  to 50  psi)  and
often at  elevated  temperatures  (i.e.,   150  to   200°F).   A  vertical
cylinder called  a "boot"  is sometimes  attached  to   the  side  of  wash
tanks.  The  "boot"  relieves any  pressure from the  crude oil  so  that
flashing of  the  trapped gases  can  occur upstream  of  the  wash tank.
These gases are  piped  to  the vapor  space of the  wash  tank.   From the
boot, the oil/water  mixture flows  into   the bottom  of   the  wash tank.
The oil floats to the  top  and overflows  into  other  wash or LACT tanks
and the water  is drained  from the  bottom  of  the  tank  and  discarded
into a sump.

EMISSIONS
     Emissions  from fixed-roof tanks used for crude oil have tradition-
ally been estimated  using  equations  found  in  API Bulletin 2518-^)  or
modification of  these  equations  in AP-42^).  These  calculations  cover
breathing losses  and  working  losses.    Breathing  losses  are  those
due to vapor expelled  during the  diurnal expansion  and  contraction of
the air-hydrocarbon mixture  above the liquid  surface in  a  fixed-roof
tank.  The equation  for  these  losses from crude oil  given  in  API  2518
is :
     \ " Kc (  24 ) (  p   ) *68 D1.73H.51T.50F c
              1000   14.7-P                    P
     Where:
          Ly =  Breathing loss (bbls./yr.)
          Kc =  Factor  to   adjust  gasoline  breathing   loss  equation
               to breathing loss of crude oil = 0.58
          P  =  True  vapor  pressure  at  bulk liquid  temperature (psia)
          D  =  Tank diameter (ft.)
          H  =  Average outage including correction  for roof volume (ft.)

                                    9-7

-------
          T  = Average daily ambient temperature change (°F)
          Fp = Paint factor
          C  = Adjustment factor for small diameter tanks
     The adjustment  factor  for small  diameter  tanks  applies  to those
with diameters less than 30 ft.   A curve giving these adjustment factors
is to be found in API 2518.
     Working losses are those associated with  the displacement of vapors
by liquid during tank filling.  The API equation for crude  oil working
losses is:
     F - 2.25 PV KT
         10,000
     Where:
     F  = Working loss (bbls.)
     P  =  True  vapor  pressure  at  bulk  liquid  temperature  (psia)
     V  = Volume of liquid pumped into tank (bbls.)
     KX = Turnover factor (from equation  (5)  or  Figure 11 in API 2518)
The equations given above for breathing and working  losses can obviously
be adjusted  to  other reporting  terms, e.g.   Mg/yr.,  Ib./day,  Ib./lOOO
gals, throughput (working loss), using liquid densities, etc.
     Recent studies have  indicated that  breathing losses  from  fixed-
roof tanks are  overestimated by  a factor of  four using the  API  2518
equation^}5,6)>  Consequently, TRW, in its source category survey report
on onshore production-^-),  discounted breathing  losses   by  a factor  of
four in estimating per tank losses for  the model tank battery.  There is
also an indication that  working losses can be  overestimated,  particu-
larly in  the  case of continuous  service2).   In  the   case  of  boiling
or flashing  crudes,   the  working  losses  can be  underestimated.   In
summary, the predictive  equations  for breathing  losses  (as adjusted)
                                   9-8

-------
and working losses  are probably adequate  for overall  emission inven-
tory preparation, but  are  subject  to considerable error  when used for
individual tanks.   Additionally,  these predictive  equations were  not
intended for use for onshore production tanks.

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     Control technology  for  petroleum  storage   tanks  at  refineries,
pipeline and marine terminals, and bulk plants is well known.
As compared to  uncontrolled  fixed-roof tanks, emission  reductions  can
be obtained with  external floating-roof tanks,  internal  floating-roof
tanks, and  various  types   of  vapor  recovery  systems.   In  general,
regulations do not  require  controls  for  liquid  petroleum  storage where
the true vapor  pressure does not  exceed  1.5 psig.   Stabilized crudes
have vapor pressures ranging from well under  to well over this figure.
     There are a number  of differences between oil and gas  production
tanks at those refineries and terminals which impact  the  applicability
of control technology.   Some of these  have  been mentioned  previously
but will be summarized below:
     0  Oil and gas  field  tanks  are generally much smaller  than those
        at refineries and terminals.
     0  Tank  batteries  may  be  in  remote  areas  without  commercial
        electric power.
     0  Some oil fields do  not have access  to gas distribution systems
        to handle  small  amounts   of   gas   produced   with the  oil.
     0  Gases evolved  from unstabilized crude may contain C02 and H^S.
     0  Tanks may be few in number and isolated by distance in  production
        fields.
     0  Tanks in continuous  service  in  production  fields  may  have
        relatively  small changes  in liquid  level associated with
        throughput.
     0  Production  tanks may  contain  unstabilized or flashing  crudes.
                                   9-9

-------
     Taking into account the special circumstances of production tanks,
two major  options  exist for VOC emission  control:   (1) vapor recovery
and/or control, and (2) floating-roofs.
     Emissions from fixed-roof  tanks  can be reduced  by collecting and
either recovering  or  combusting  them.   In a  typical  vapor  recovery
system, vapors  remain  in  the  tank vapor  space until  a  pressure  is
reached which  actuates  the  recovery  system.    The   vapors  are  then
collected by blowers  or compressors and moved to the ultimate disposal
system.  Where natural  gas  is  recovered,  the  tank vapor mixture can be
transferred to the  gas sweetening  system  (if  any)  or  the  natural gas
liquids plant.   An alternate  means  of  disposal is  a  flare  or  fume
incinerator (thermal oxidizer system).  Such a system should have means
of ignition,  controlling combustion  air,  and  preventing  flashback  to
the tank vapor  space.   Where an open flare is used, it must be located
in accordance with usual flare safety  practices.   Vapor  recovery systems
can be operated at efficiencies above 95 percent.
     Floating-roof tanks  reduce VOC  emissions  as  compared  to  uncon-
trolled fixed-roof tanks by virtue  of the  fact  that  the floating-roof
rises and falls with  the liquid level during filling  and withdrawal  of
the stored  liquid  and  by  reduction of the  vapor space  volume.   Per-
formance of floating-roofs  is  influenced  by the  effectiveness  of  seal
design in minimizing  gaps  between  the  seal and  the  tank  shell  which
result in direct exposure of liquid surface to the air.
     Tanks with external floating-roofs have no  fixed covers.   A great
variety of roof and  seal  designs have  been used. All must provide for
roof stability,  precipitation  drainage,  gaging  and  inspection,  roof
support when the tank is empty,  and  effective perimeter sealing.   Double
seals have  been  shown  to  be very  effective  in reducing  emissions  as
compared to single seals.  In general, external floating-roof  tanks are
relatively large and  field-erected  and  may be unavailable  in the  size
range of most existing production storage  tanks.
     An internal  floating-roof  tank is  essentially a  fixed-roof  tank
with an internal  cover floating on the liquid  surface  (contact cover)
or suspended several  inches  above the  surface  with  a perimeter  pontoon
                                   9-10

-------
(non-contact cover).  Both aluminum and steel pans  and  aluminum sandwich
(honeycomb) type  covers are  in use.   Tanks  can  be  retrofitted with
internal covers.  Internal covers offer several advantages over external
covers for  emissions  reduction.  They are  not as  susceptible  to wind
influenced losses  and  provide  additional  protection  against  solar
radiant heating  of the  liquid  surface.   Additionally,  they eliminate
the need  for  precipitation drainage.  Regular inspection  to check for
roof condition  such as  tilting or  sinking is  necessary.   The  space
between the floating  cover and  fixed-roof must be ventilated to avoid
build-up of VOC emissions  to the lower flammable limit.
     Emissions from floating-roof tanks,  whether  external  or internal,
are classified  as  "standing"   and   "wetting"  (withdrawal).   Standing
losses result  from gaps between  the seal  and the  tank shell.   As  a
result, some liquid  surface is  exposed  to  the atmosphere.   When wind
creates pressure  differences  above  the  floating-roof,  air  flows into
the annular vapor  space  at locations of  high  pressure and an air-vapor
mixture flows out  at low pressure  points.   Vapors  can also escape from
open hatches  or  other  openings,   glands,  valves,   and fittings.
     Wetting is another  source  of emissions  from  floating-roof tanks.
Wetting loss is  the vaporization  of liquid  from  a  wetted  tank  wall
when a  floating-roof is  lowered  by withdrawal   of  liquid.  TRW  has
estimated the annual emissions from various controlled and uncontrolled
tanksl).  Table 9-2  shows  these losses  using a  tank of  75,000  liter
capacity in their  model  tank battery.   These  figures may  be used  for
comparison purposes.  Costs  of  these controls from the  same study are
given in Table 9-3.
     Based upon the figures  in  Tables 9-2 and 9-3, the  vapor recovery
system is the most cost  effective  (lowest cost/amount controlled).   It
should be kept  in mind  that these  are  capital,  not  annualized  costs.
No credit  for  hydrocarbon recovery can  be   assigned  in  this  case.
                                   9-11

-------
                               TABLE 9-2

    CRUDE OIL STORAGE TANK UNCONTROLLED AND CONTROLLED VOC EMISSIONS

          Device                                    Emission (Mg/yr.)


Uncontrolled fixed-roof tank                               1.25

Non-contact internal floating-roof                         0.8

External floating-roof tank                                0.63
  (primary seals only)

External floating-roof tank                                0.19
  (secondary seals)

Contact internal floating-roof tank                        0.13

Vapor control system                                       0.05
                               TABLE 9-3

                  CRUDE OIL STORAGE TANK CONTROL COSTS
Control Technique
Vapor control
Non-contact internal floating-roof
Contact internal floating-roof
Cost per tanka
NAC
5,300
6,300
Cost per facility0
$13,000
10,600
12,600
a)  Based on 79,500 liter welded storage tank; 1979 dollars.
b)  Based on two tanks per facility; 1979 dollars.
c)  NA = Not Applicable.
                                  9-12

-------
STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     The U.S.  EPA has  not regulated  oil  and  gas  production storage
tanks as  of the  present  time.  The  agency  is  conducting  studies to
determine whether air pollution  sources  within the category — onshore
production of crude  oil  and gas — should  be regulated with standards
of performance promulgated under the authority  of  the Clean Air Act as
amended August 7, 1977.  Emissions of VOC from tank batteries are being
considered under this study.   Emissions  from petroleum storage vessels
over 40,000 gallons  in  capacity are regualated under  40  CFR,  Part 60,
Subparts K and Ka, but the regulation does not apply to storage vessels
for petroleum or  condensate  at drilling  or production facilities prior
to custody transfer.
     In general,  state regulations are  similar to  Subparts K  and Ka
in that crude oil  storage  upstream of  custody transfer from production
facilities is  exempted  from  the  regulations.   The  California  Air
Resources Board is  considering a model rule  for onshore  production of
oil and  gas but  technical  studies related  to such  a rule  are  still
under way.
     The Ventura  County  Air  Pollution  Control District  in California
has adopted applicable  regulations under  their Rule  71.1, Crude  Oil
Production and Separation.   This rule,  which is attached,  requires that
crude oil storage tanks  in the tank battery, including wash tanks, be
equipped with  a closed-type  vapor recovery system  or  equivalent.

REFERENCES
1.  "Source  Category Survey  Report Onshore  Production,"  prepared  by
    TRW, Inc., Environmental Engineering  Division for U.S. EPA, Economic
    Analysis Branch, RTP, NC,  March 19,  1980.
2.  "Hydrocarbon Emissions  from Fixed-Roof  Petroleum Tanks,"  prepared
    by Engineering-Science, Inc. for Western Oil  and  Gas Association,
    July 1977.
3.  API  Bulletin  2518,   "Evaporation   Loss  fron   Fixed-Roof  Tanks,"
    Washington,  D.C., 1962.
                                    9-13

-------
4.  "Compilation of  Air  Pollution Emission Factors,"  U.S.  EPA, Report
    No. AP-42, RTP, NC, August 1977.

5.  "Emission  Test  Report -  Breathing  Loss Emissions  from Fixed-Roof
    Petrochemical Storage Tanks,"  U.S.  EPA,  EMB Report  No.  78-OCM-5,
    RPT, NC, February 1979,  p. 173.

6.  "Measurement  and  Determination  of  Hydrocarbon  Emissions   in  the
    Course of  Storage  and Transfer  in  Above-Ground  Fixed  Cover Tanks
    With and  Without Floating  Covers," German  Society  for  Petroleum
    Science and  Carbon Chemistry  (DGMK)  and the  Federal  Ministry  of
    the Interior (BMI),  BMI-DGMK  Joint Projects 4590-10  and  4590-11,
    translated for  EPA  by  Literature  Research  Company,  Annandale,
    Virginia.
                                   9-14

-------
                           APPENDIX

        Ventura County Air Pollution Control District
                     State of California

           Rule 71.  Crude Oil and Organic Liquids
(Adopted June 20, 1978; Revised March 17, 1979, July 10, 1979

-------
Rule 71.        Crude  Oil  and   Organic  Liquids   (Adopted  S/20/78;  Revised
               3/17/79, 7/10/79)

          A.    Applicability

               I.   Tha provisions of this rule shall  apply to the production,
                   gathering,  separation  and  processing  of  crude  oii  and
                   natural gas  and  the  storage and transfer of crude ail  and
                   organic liquids excluding gasoline.


          B.   Definitions

              1.   For the purpose of this rule, a  "clasad-type vapor  recovery
                   system" means any  organic vapor  control  system  which is
                   designed  not  to  release or vent any organic gases  to  the
                   atmosphere under  normal operating conditions.

              2.   For the purpose of this rule, "vapor  loss control efficiency"
                   means   a   comparison  of   controlled  emissions   to   those
                   emissions  which would  occur from a fixed  or cone  roof tank
                   in  the  same product service without a vapor control system.
                   Base line  emissions shall  be calculated by  using the criteria
                   outlined in American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2SI8.

              3.   For the purpose of this rule,  "petroleum production permit
                   unit"  means any  aggregation of  equipment  used  exclusively
                   for  the production,  gathering and  separation of crude  oil
                   and   natural   gas   which  is   included   on   a   single
                   Permit-to-Operate  issued   by   the   Air  Pollution  Control
                   Officer.

              4.    For the purpose of this rule,  "custody transfer"  means  the
                   transfer of produced oil and/or  condensate, after  separation
                   and/or treating in producing operations, from storage tanks
                   or  automatic  transfer   facilities   to  pipelines  or  any  other
                   forms of transportation.

              5.    For the purpose  of  this  rule,   "tank  battery" means any
                   tank,  or any aggregation of tanks,  used for the purpose of
                   storing  or  holding  crude oil   or  for  the  purpose  of
                   separating   crude  oil,   water  and/or   natural  gas.    An
                   aggregation of tanks will  be considered a tank battery only
                   if  the  tanks  are  located so that no one tank  is more  than
                   ISO feet from all other tanks.

              6.  .  For the purpose of this rule, "wash  tank"  means  any  tank
                   used  for the  purpose of the primary separation of crude  oil
                   and "produced water.

              7.    For  the purpose  of this rule,   "gauging tank" means any
                  tank -used  exclusively  for  the   purpose of  measuring  the
                   production  rate of crude oil from any  petroleum production
                  well.

                                          9-15

-------
       C.   Severabilitv
                 If   any   portion  of  this  rule  shall   be   found  to  be
                 unenforceable,   such  finding shall  have  no  effect  on the
                 enforcaability  of the remaining  portions of the rule, which
                 shall continue to be  in full force and effect.
Rule 71.1 Crude Oil  Production  and Separation

          A.   Aoolicabilitv
               I.    The  provisions  of  this  section  of  this  rule shall  apply  to
                    equipment   used   in   conjunction    with   the   producing,
                    gathering and separation of crude  oil and  natural  gas from
                    any  petroleum  production-  permit  unit  prior  to  custody
                    transfer.

          B.   Storage Tanks

               I.    No person  shall  place,  hold or store any  crude oil  in  any
                    tank  battery/  unless all crude oil storage tanks in the tank
                    battery,   including   wash   tanks,   are  equipped   with  a
                    closed-type  vapor  recovery   system,  properly  installed,
                    maintained  and  operated;  or  any other control  technology
                    considered  by the Air Pollution  Control  Officer to represent
                    the  best available  air pollution  control technology  at  the
                    time  of  installation.   Any tank  gauging or  sampling  device
                    on a tank vented  to  a  vapor  control  system  shall   be
                    equipped with a gas-tight cover which shall be closed at all
                    times except during  gauging and  sampling.

               2.    The  provisions  of  subsection  3.1   of this  Rule  shall  not
                    apply to  any of  the following:

                    a.    Any  tank  battery,  including   wash  tanks,  installed
                         prior to June 20, 1S73  for  the  purpose  of holding  and
                         staring crude ail, having  a true vapor pressure  of  less
                         than 1. 5 psi absolute;

                    b.    Any tank  battery,  including wash  tanks,  when  it  has
                         been  demonstrated  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Air
                         Pollution Control  Officer that the cost of installing air
                         pollution control  technology is  economically prohibitive
                         and  substantially exceeds  the  average  cost  per unit
                         mass of  air contaminant for  all  other stationary  saurca
                         ccntrois.   In making this  determination:
                        (i)  Consideration shall  be given to alternatives  other
                             than continued use  of a tank battary  or  construc-
                             tion  of a new  tank battary including transfer by
                             pipeline  or other acceptable methods  to  an exist-
                             ing  tank  battery  with  appropriate  air  pollution
                             control equipment;  and
                                        9-16

-------
               (ii)   The  cast  af controlling  a tank  battery shall  be
                    averaged  with   the  total  cost  of  air  pollution
                    control for the  entire stationary source;

          c.    Any  crude  oil  production   gauging  tanks  having  a
               nominal capacity of 500 barrels  or  less;

          d.   Any tank battery,   including  wash tanks,  holding or
               staring  crude  oil  from any  new  crude  oil  production
               well,  for  a  period  of  ninety  days  following  initiaj
               production from that well.

     3.   Any  person   wishing  to  come  under  the  provisions  of
          subsection  B.2.a.   of   this  rule  shall  keep   records  to
          substantiate  the  applicability  of   that  subsection.    Such
          records  shall  include,  for any  crude  oil,  the  true  vapor
          pressure  under actual  storage  conditions  and the  monthly
          throughput  of  the  subject  tank battery.   These  records
          shall  be made  available to the  Air  Pollution  Control  Officer
          on  request.    The  true  vapor  pressure in  psi  absolute of
          stored liquid  may be determined  by using  the nomographs
          contained in  American Petroleum  Institute  Bulletin  2513 or
          by  any other method approved by the Air Pollution Control
          Officer for determination  of true vapor  pressure.

C.   Fugitive Emissions (Revised 11/20/79)

     I.    Any  produced  gas  shall  be  routed  to/a  vapor  recovery
          system,   flared,  or   controlled   in   some   other  manner
          considered by  the Air Pollution Control  Officer to represent
          best  available  control  technology.   The provisions  of  this
          subsection shall not apply in the  following situations:

          a.    During routine maintenance of any well,  or

          b.    During  the  first   two weeks  of  production   of  an
               exploratory  well,  if  the composition of  the  gas  being
               produced  is  unknown (i.e.,  new  reservoir)  and there
               are   no  existing  gss  handling  systems  in the  general
               vicinity.

     2.   All  equipment   used  in  conjunction with  the  production,
          gathering and  separation  of crude  oil  and natural gas from
          any petroleum  production  lease  shall be  routinely  maintained
          in  a manner  representative of good oil industry practices so
          as  to  minimize air  contaminant emissions.

0.   Effective Dates

     I.    Any person  owning or  operating   any  existing  equipment
          which requires  modification  to comply with the provisions of
          subsection  3  of  this rule  shall  comply  with  the following
          schedule  of increments of  progress:
                               9-17

-------
     Tank Sattary
      Throughput       Increment       Increment       Increment         Final
      SSL/Month	a	b	c	Ccmolianc;

     5001 4 Above       S-l-73         12-1-73  .            1-1-79          S-I-7S

     400I-50CO           6H-7S         9-1-79              10-1-79         S-l-80

     3001-4000           6-1-30         9-1-50              10-1-30         5-1-31

     2001-3000           8-1-81         9-1-31              10-1-31         3-1-32

Revises 3/ES/79
                                       9-18

-------
                                SECTION 10
                        PETROLEUM COKING PROCESSES

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     Low value  residual  type  oils  are  converted  to  higher  value
products through  a thermal  cracking  process  called  coking.   Thermal
tars and vacuum  residuals are  cracked at high  temperature  and atmos-
pheric pressure.   The  resulting  products  are petroleum  coke,  gas oils
and lighter  petroleum  stocks.  Presently,  delayed coking is  the most
widely used process-'-).

DELAYED COKING PROCESS AND EMISSIONS
     The heated charge stock  is  fed  into the bottom of the fractionator,
here the light ends are stripped off.   The recycle  from the coke drum is
combined with the  remaining  feed and  is  quickly heated  in  the coking
heater to  480-590°C  (900-1100°F).   The heating  rate is  controlled  by
steam injection.   In  the coke  drum,  the  vapor-liquid  from  the heater
is converted  to  coke  under  the proper  conditions of  residence  time,
pressure, and temperature.  The thermal cracking products are recovered
in the fractionator once  the vapors from the top  of  the drum have re-
turned.  Once the  onstream coke  drum is filled  to  the  proper capacity
with coke,  it  is  taken  offstream  and  is  quenched/purged with steam.
When the  temperature   reaches  the   desired  level,  the  drum  is  opened
and the cotce is cut with high pressure water.

PROCESS EMISSIONS AND EMISSION POINTS
     Considerable quantities of  steam  and hydrocarbons  may be released
to the atmosphere  when the coke drum is opened.   The  cutting operation
may also emit hydrocarbons when more  steam  is produced  by vaporization
of the cutting water.  Also,  the cutting itself  may release  pockets  of
trapped steam and  hydrocarbons.  Some  of the hydrocarbons released can
include polynuclear aromatics and  other hazardous  compounds  since the
coker conditions  favor  their  production.    See  the  following  Figure
10-1 for flow chart of delayed coking process.
                                   10-1

-------
                                                                    FIGURE 10-1
00
c/>
LU
O
O
Q±
Q_

CD
O
CJ
LU
CD
                                                                               UJ
                                                                               o
                                 10-2
                                                              ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     Venting the quenching  stream to a  vapor  recovery or  blowdown system
would lessen  the  hydrocarbon  emissions  from  coking processes.   When the
drum cools  to  100°C (212°F), the  steam  purge  can  be  replaced by  a water
flood.  Additional  cooling  to  nearly  ambient  temperature  will  reduce
steam and hydrocarbon  vaporization and  subsequent  escape when the drum is
opened-*-' .

STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     The state  and  local  agency  regulations  concerning  the  petroleum
industry do  not include  specific  rules addressing  coking.   In  general,
the regulations  are stated  in  a  blanket  fashion,  and  worded as  "those
processes involved  in  the  production  of  gasoline,   kerosene,  distillate
and residual  fuels,  or  other  products through  distillation,  cracking,
extraction, or reforming  of  petroleum derivatives, must  control  the emis-
sions from  vacuum   producing  systems, wastewater  separators,  and  process
unit turnarounds using the methods specified.... ".  The rules also specify
the storage, loading and  unloading  of petroleum products  and  the  required
controls and precautions.
     The State  of  the  Illinois  air  laws  regarding  organic  discharge
to the  atmosphere  do indicate  the   following:   "	any petroleum  fluid
coker; or any  other waste gas  stream from any petroleum  or petrochemical
manufacturing process;  in  excess of  100  ppm  equivalent methane (molecular
weight of 16.0).
REFERENCES
1.  Control  Techniques   for   Volatile Organic  Emissions  from  Stationary
    Sources, EPA-450/2-78-022, May 1978.
2.  Nelson,  W.  L.,  Petroleum  Refinery  Engineering.   McGraw-Hill,  Fourth
    Edition, 1969.
3.  Hydrocarbon Processing, Page 154, September 1980.
                                   10-3

-------
                               SECTION 11
                         PLASTIC PARTS PAINTING

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     A wide  variety  of  industries  produce plastic products  which are
painted.  There  are   other  methods  of  imparting  color  to  a  plastic
product, such as use  of  pigmented molding  compounds  and use of  colored
gel coats in fiberglass reinforced resin products, but these techniques
are not covered here.  Both complete assemblies and component parts are
included in those items painted.  In the latter case, painting is often
utilized to  obtain close  color matching  with other parts.  Some of the
plastic parts categories  where painting is used  are  instrument knobs,
radio grilles,  automobile  dashboard  parts  and  body  filler  panels,
sporting goods,   cosmetic  cases,  control  panels  and  nameplates  for
appliances, furniture  parts,   toys,  lamp  housings,  canisters,  clock
bezels, and office equipment parts.
     No comprehensive  emission information for  plastic parts painting
by source  category  was readily  available  for use in this  report, and
no direct  survey was attempted.   Indirect  information  was  obtained
indicating that   VOC  emissions  from plastic  parts  painting  at  some
automotive parts suppliers  were in  the  range of  1000  tons  per  year.
Both primers  and topcoats  are  applied  using  solvent-based  coatings
containing solvents  such  as   xylene,  naphtha,  diisobutylketone,  and
methylethylketone.   Solvent content  of coatings ranged from 62  to  79
percent by  weight.    Some  automated  electrostatic  coating lines  were
utilized.  An approximate paint  transfer  efficiency  of 55  percent  was
estimated for electrostatic painting.
     Most plastic parts are relatively small and are  painted with spray
techniques.  These  include  compressed  air, airless,  and  electrostatic
methods of  application.   Coatings  used  are  somewhat  more limited  as
compared to metal products because the organic substrate limits  coating
compatibility and the temperature of curing.  Nevertheless, the  solvent
content of paints used for plastic parts  is not unlike that of coatings
                                    11-1

-------
used on  miscellaneous  metal  products.   In  the  Control  Techniques
Guidelines (CTG) document  for this latter category,  enamels (at about
30 to 40 volume percent solids) and lacquers (at about 10 to 20 percent
solids) were listed as being conmonly used.D

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     At the  present  time the  most applicable process  related control
techniques for reducing VOC  emissions from plastic parts painting are:
     1)  Use of higher solids coatings;
     2)  Use of radiation-cured coatings; and
     3)  Use  of higher  transfer  efficiency coating  methods   such  as
         electrostatic and airless spraying.
     In the  case of higher  solids  content coatings, there is a general
development  in  this  direction in  the  entire  coatings  field.   To  the
extent that  such coatings are  compatible with plastic substrates, they
could be adapted for use with plastic parts.
     Kut in  Chapman and Anderson^) discusses  the use of radiation-cured
coatings for plastic automobile radiator grilles and instrument panels.
Advantages claimed include  rapid  curing at  low  temperatures,  minimal
pollution because of  the use of "solvent  free" coatings,  high throughput
rates, and   less  floor  space  requirements   as  compared  to   thermal
polymerization techniques.  The terra "solvent  free"  coatings refers to
those in  which liquid  hydrocarbons such as  styrene impart  fluidity
during painting, but which are polymerized during the radiation cure to
become part  of  the coatings.   Some losses of these  compounds  do occur
prior to curing.  A large capital expenditure is required for radiation
cure equipment.
     Techniques to obtain higher transfer efficiencies  are potentially
capable of achieving  significant  reductions in  VOC emissions.   Both
electrostatic and airless (hydraulic) spraying techniques can result in
higher transfer efficiencies  (ratio of  coating  reaching object  to  be
                                    11-2

-------
coated to  that  consumed).   In  the  case of  spray  application methods,
the excess coating is lost in overspray and bounceback.
     The conventional  method  for applying  surface  coatings  to  many
plastic parts is  with an air atomizing spray gun.  Transfer efficiency
with these systems is generally less than 50 percent.
     Electrostatic coating  is  based  on  the  principle that  opposite
electrical charges attract  each other.  The  atomized coating particles
are negatively charged  by  the  application  device and the article to be
coated is  positively  charged or  grounded.   Transfer efficiencies with
hand-held equipment can  typically be improved  to 65 percent, and under
optimal conditions, using automated  bell and  disc systems with conveyor-
ized parts,  efficiencies  can  reach  85  to  95  percent.3)   Because
plastic is  non-conductive,  it  must  be  treated  with  a  sensitizing
material.  Plastic products  which have been successfully  coated using
electrostatic techniques include  containers,  golf  balls,  grill work,
automotive grilles and  instrument panels, picture  frames,  women's shoe
heels, and toilet seats.
     Airless spraying utilizes  hydraulic pressure  in lieu  of air pres-
sure to atomize the coating.  While  coating particles are not attracted
to the target such  as in electrostatic spraying, there  is a reduction
bounceback and in coating material which follows airstream lines instead
of impacting the target.
     Add-on controls such as  incineration or activated carbon adsorption
are equally as  applicable  to plastic  parts  painting as to  many other
surface coating categories.  A discussion of  these techniques, which for
the most part is  applicable to  plastic parts painting,  can be found in
the CTG for Miscellaneous  Metal Parts and  Products^) and  in a general
EPA Guideline for  Control  Methods for  Surface  Coating  Operations^'.

STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     Many states  and  local  agencies  have  general  rules  which  limit
emissions of volatile  organic  compounds from  industrial  processes  and
surface coating  operations.   These   rules  are  generally expressed  in
                                    11-3

-------
terms of mass  limits per  unit  of time.   Rule  442 of  the  South Coast
Air Quality  Management  District,  California;   and   Rule  2,  "Miscel-
laneous Operations"  and  Rule 4,  "General  Solvent and  Surface Coating
Operations", Bay Area  Air Quality Management District, California are

examples of such rules.  No rules specifically directed towards
painting of plastic parts were found to exist.


REFERENCES

1.  "Control of  Volatile  Organic  Emissions  from Existing Stationary
    Sources - Volume VI:   Surface Coating of Miscellaneous Metal Parts
    and Products,"  EPA-450/2-78-015,  U.S.  EPA,  OAQPS, RTP,  NC 27711,
    June 1978.

2.  B. N. Chapman and J. C. Anderson, Science and Technology of Surface
    Coatings, Academic Press, New York and London, 1974.

3.  "Electrostatic  — A Dark Horse in Finishing Alternatives," Wood and
    Wood Products,  February 1980, p. 25.

4.  "Control of  Volatile  Organic  Emissions  from Existing Stationary
    Sources - Volume I:  Control Methods for Surface Coating Operations,'
    EPA-450/2-76-028, U.S. EPA,  OAQPS, November 1976.
                                   11-4

-------
                                SECTION 12
                       RAILROAD TANK CAR LOADING OF
                         VOLATILE ORGANIC LIQUIDS
    This section reviews  the  loading  of volatile organic liquids (VOL's)
into railroad tank cars.  Emissions generated in these loading operations
and suitable techniques for the control of  these emissions are discussed
and cost  effectiveness calculations  for  a typical  VOL  are  presented.
Existing air pollution regulations  covering railroad tank car loading of
VOL's are reviewed.
PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
    The loading of volatile organic liquids into railroad tank cars -takes
place nationwide at railroad  tank  car loading  terminals  serving chemical
plants and petroleum refineries, and  at pipeline,  marine and independent
(toll) terminals.
    There were  approximately  200,000  railroad  tank  cars in  service in
1979, about 98  1/2% of which were owned by shippers and private railcar
companies such  as  General  American  Transportation  Corp. (GATX),  North
American Car Corporation, etc.  Each  of these cars  was,  on  the average,
loaded and shipped about 10 times during 19791).
    The 1979 aggregate volume of diverse (organic and inorganic) chemical
and petroleum products  shipped  by tank car was  approximately  45 billion
gallons.  Petroleum products  account  for about  18%  of  the total,  with
volume of tank car  shipments tending to decline in recent  years.  Volume of
tank car shipments  of all chemical products represents 82% of the total and
has tended to  grow in recent years,  increasing  about 3.5%  from  1978 to
19791).
     Only those VOL's  falling within  a  vapor pressure range  of 0.5 to 13
psia @ 60°F were considered in assessing the  significance  of tank car load-
ing of chemical  and petroleum products as  a  source  of  volatile  organic
compound emissions (VOC's).   VOL's  with  vapor pressures below 0.5 psia @
                                   12-1

-------
60°F produce a relatively insignificant quantity of emissions when loaded
into tank cars, even under the worse  loading conditions.  VOL's with vapor
pressures above 13 psia @  60°F (which  are in  most  cases liquified gases)
are always loaded under  pressure sealed, vapor  controlled conditions by
venting the tank car vapor space to the vapor space of the storage vessel
from which the VOL  is  drawn (termed vapor balance).   While  this is done
primarily to  conserve  valuable  product,  it  effectively  eliminates  VOC
emissions to the atmosphere during the loading operation.
    Within the vapor pressure  range  of 0.5 to  13  psia  @  60°F fall about
4.5 billion gallons of  VOL's  shipped by  railroad  tank  car,  about 10% of
the total  annual  shipments  of  chemical  and  petroleum products during
1978 and 1979.
    Table 12-1 summarizes the  approximate volumes  of the 10 VOL's loaded
and shipped  in railroad  tank cars  in largest  quantities  in  19782).
     The volume of tank car shipments of these ten chemicals accounted in
1978 for 80% of the  total  volume  of all VOL's  shipped.   Crude  oil, gasoline
and associated petroleum products such as naptha and hexane comprise well
over one half of all the VOL's with vapor pressures  between  0.5 and 13 psia
shipped by railcar in 1978^).   Based on information  obtained in a survey of
the railcar loading industry covering  33  terminals,^ the  average railcar
loading terminal loads  about 15 million gallons of VOL's/year (roughly 800
railcars/year), with range  of throughput volume  extending  from  about  1
million up to  50  million  gallons/year.  The average  VOL loaded  in these
terminals has a vapor pressure of about 1.7 psia @ 60°F.
Description Of Equipment
     Equipment used  to  load  VOL's  into  railroad  tankcars  consists  of
loading arms  and  miscellaneous  pumps,  valves,  meters, etc.,  generally
mounted on  a  structure  termed  a  loading  rack,  positioned within  the
railroad siding area designated as a railcar loading terminal.
     Railroad Tank Cars.  Railroad tank cars consist of cylindrical tanks
mounted on  appropriate underframes  and  wheeled  trucks   (Figure 12-1).
Recently constructed tank  cars are  of  welded or  seamless construction,
                                    12-2

-------
                       TABLE 12-1

QUANTITIES OF TOP TEN VOL's LOADED IN RAILROAD TANK CARS
                          1978
                                   MM
              VOL                GALLONS
       	LOADED

        CRUDE OIL                 1162

        ETHANOL                    558

        GASOLINE                   555

        NAPTHA                     449

        METHANOL                   262

        ACRYLONITRILE              202

        PROPYLENE OXIDE            179

        ACETONE                     92

        CYCLOHEXANE                 79

        HEXANE                      61
                           12-3

-------
with domed welded  heads.   Some tanks  of  older  riveted  construction are
still in  limited  use.   Materials  of  construction  are  primarily  mild
steel, stainless,  or aluminum.   Interiors of  tanks may  be  lined  with
materials such as  rubber  or poly (vinyl  chloride)  suitable  for specific
service with various corrosive chemicals.
     Various classes of tanks are insulated to  retard heating  or cooling
of the tank contents during transit.  Tanks may be equipped with interior
steam coils to facilitate unloading by reducing the viscosity of the cargo,
especially during cold weather-*).
     Structural requirements for railroad  tank cars  are generally covered
in the Code of Federal Regulations by Title 49, Part  179, Subpart D.  Part
179.202 encompasses  regulations  specific  to   particular  chemicals.   In
addition, 49 CFR 172 presents regulations  on classification and identifi-
cation of  hazardous  materials,  and   specifies  marking  and  placarding
requirements for tank cars in which they are shipped.
     VOL's are generally  suitable  for  shipment  in   tank  cars  designated
as general service tank cars.   Such tank  cars are designed to  accomodate
moderate interior pressures not in  excess  of  100 psig,  and are generally
equipped with  over pressure relief  valves  set at 35 to  100 psig.  Figure
12-1 shows such a  general  service tank car,  with insulation  and interior
steam coils.
     Tank cars are  classified,  tested  and  certified by  U.S.  Department
of Transportation in  cooperation  with the Association  of  American Rail-
roads (AAR).   The  general  service  classification   appropriate  for  the
shipment of VOL's  encompasses  DOT  classes  103,  104  and  111.    The  full
specification number  (e.g.,   111A60ALW)  designates  the class  (111),  a
test pressure  (60  psig),  a material  of  construction (Aluminum), and  a
type of construction (welded).
     Different sizes of tank  cars  are available within each classifica-
tion.  Common  sizes  within the general service  classification  are 8000,
10,000, 20,000  and  23,500  gallons.    Also  available   for  specialized
service are various  other  sizes up   to  a maximum  of  33,500  gallons.
Maximum size is restricted by allowable maximum  total weight of  tank  car
                                     12-4

-------
                                                                    FIGURE 12-1
cc
«t
o
O
ce
cc

UJ
o

>
or
UJ
CO
UJ
ICO
                               12-5
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
and cargo, particularly  if the  shipment  is to qualify  for unrestricted
movement among the various railroad lines-*'.
     Various loading and unloading arrangements are provided on the types
of tanks within the general service  railroad tank car classification.  For
loading, all  tank  cars  within  the general  service  classification  are
provided with  a  hatch (manway)  of various diameters  through  which  the
loading device (arm) may be inserted.  For  unloading, all general service
tank cars are  equipped  with a bottom unloading valve positioned directly
under the tank.   This  valve may be operated  from  the  top of the tankcar
by a valve extension handle.   Many  tank  cars of modern construction have
been fitted  with  a top unloading piping  arrangement  comprising an inlet
for pressurized  inert  gas  and  an  outlet  pipe extending  from  the  top
unloading port approximately  to the bottom of the  tank.  The  cargo  is
forced by  gas pressure  from the tank  through the  outlet pipe,  and  is
discharged at the top of the tank.
     Railroad Tank Car Loading Terminal.   A railroad  tank  car  loading
terminal is  broadly  considered to be the general area within  which  are
located the  railroad siding(s),  structures  (loading  rack), and equipment
necessary to load liquids into tank cars.
     Within a tank car loading terminal may be one or more loading racks.
The loading  rack  is generally  a raised  platform  positioned  adjacent  to
the railcar  siding and  includes  the  loading arm(s),  piping,  valves,
pumps, meters and  other  equipment  necessary to the loading process.  The
working area  of  the rack  is  elevated  to  the  approximate level  of  the
loading hatch  of  the  tank  car positioned  on  the siding.  Most  loading
racks have a number of tank  car  loading  stations,  and, as a result, fre-
quently load a number  of tank  cars  simultaneously.   The  rack  structure
may include a roof covering the tank car stations on the siding.   Individ-
ual racks within  a terminal  are  generally designed to  accomodate loading
of specific  classes of materials.   Much  of  the equipment  associated with
the rack is dictated by the properties  of the class of materials intended
to be loaded.  A  terminal  may contain  one or  more  of these  racks,  and
may be as simple  as a single  rack accommodating a  single  arm  or multiple
arms, or as complex as two  or more racks with multiple arms.  Figure 12-2
shows a  simple terminal  comprising a single  siding  and positions  for  2
railcars.

                                     12-6

-------
                                                                    FIGURE 12-2
ce
UJ
CD

O
«e
O
_l
cc

-------
     Loading Am.  The loading  ana is the extension  of  the piping which
carries the VOL from intermediate  storage to the tank car.
     For liquids of relatively low volatility, this extension may consist
of a large  diameter  flexible hose fitted  with an angled pipe  which can
be inserted into  the  open tank  car  hatch.   The angled pipe may vary in
length from a few  feet to  a  length long  enough to  reach to  the bottom of
the railcar tank.  In place of the flexible hose, the  arm may be construc-
ted completely  of  pipe  and  fitted with  double  swivel joints  to permit
positioning of the pipe into  the tank car.
     A third type of loading aria in general use for the loading of highly
volatile liquids and compressed gases  is  also adaptable for  the loading of
VOL's in general.  This loading  arm  terminates in  a  union  or  coupling to
permit connection to existing piping leading through the railcar dome and
extending approximately to the  bottom of the  tank.   In conjunction with
this type of loading arm, a vapor return line  is installed to return vapors
vented from the tank car to  vapor  collection ducting  or piping along the
rack.  Since loading of  VOL's with this type  of loading  arm  takes place
with the hatch closed and sealed, a sensing device such as a magnetically
activated float  within  the  tank  is  frequently used to monitor liquid
level within the the tank car.
     Preparation of Railcars for Loading.  Railroad  tank  cars  are  oc-
casionally cleaned prior  to   loading.  Most  railroad tank  cars however,
are owned and. leased by shippers, and are used exclusively and repeatedly
for shipping a single chemical  (dedicated  service).   These  cars are only
cleaned when  testing  or  inspection  reveals   contamination.   Tank  cars
owned or leased  by shippers  of  petroleum products are considered  to  be
in non-specific dedicated  service.  Since the types  of  products shipped
in these cars are frequently not cross-contaminating to a serious degree,
these cars are used to ship  various  essentially  similar  products without
cleaning.  These  cars are  only  cleaned when  inspection or  sampling
reveals contamination,  or  when  the  material  to  be  loaded differs  sub-
stantially from the material previously shipped.
                                    12-8

-------
     Tank cars  in  non-dedicated service represent  a  relatively small pro-
portion of  the  total  cars  in  chemical  service.   Such  cars  are routinely
cleaned between  loadings  unless  sampling,  testing  and  inspection  can
establish the  compatibility  of the  VOL to  be  loaded  with  the  residual
liquid from the previous loading.
     Tank cars  are cleaned at  either  the  shipping  and receiving terminals
or at railcar maintenance and repair facilities.  The cars are cleaned with
the use  of  a  steam hose,  pressure  wand,  or rotating  spray  heads  placed
through the manhole.   The  residual chemical  and  the  cleaning solution are
flushed from the  tank  with water.   Although  much of  the  VOL cleaned from
the tank  car  will  eventually be lost  to  the atmosphere, the  quantity of
emissions occurring  as the result  of  cleaning  of  railroad  tank  cars is
considered to be negligible.
     Open Hatch Loading.  Railroad tank  cars  are  almost exclusively loaded
from the  top of the tank.   The  principal methods of  loading  tank  cars are
the splash  loading method  and  the  submerged  fill pipe  method.    In  the
splash loading method the fill pipe dispensing the liquid is only partially
lowered into the  tank car.   Significant turbulence and  vapor-liquid  con-
tacting occurs during splash loading, resulting in high levels of
vapor generation.   If  turbulence  is  high  enough, entrainment of  liquid
droplets in the vapor  may  take place.   In  the  submerged fill pipe method,
the fill pipe descends almost to the bottom of  the  tank  car.   As a result,
the fill  pipe  opening  is   below the  liquid  during the  major  portion  of
loading, resulting  in  a  significant  reduction  in  liquid turbulence  and
vapor-liquid contacting.
     Both the splash loading  and submerged fill  loading methods  are  con-
ducted at rates  as low as  50  gallons/minute and as  high as  400  gallons/
minute, depending  on the viscosity  of  the  VOL being loaded,  the available
pressure and the piping sizes  in the system.  Accordingly, tank car filling
times vary from as long as  8  hours  for a 23,500  gallon  tank  car filled at
the slowest practiced  rate  to as quickly as  1/2  hour  for a  10,000  gallon
tank car filled at the highest practiced rate.
     Railroad tank  cars  are  filled  to  slightly  less  than their  nominal
capacity, as prescribed by U.S. DOT  regulations.  The  remaining  unfilled
volume, termed   outage,  is  volume reserved  for  liquid expansion occurring
as a  result  of  increasing  temperature.   Maintenance  of  a  vapor  space

                                     12-9

-------
within the  tank  also insures that  vapor  and not liquid  is  vented through
the tank  car pressure  relief  valve under  transient conditions  of excess
temperature and pressure^).
     Closed Hatch Loading.  Because  of the  hazardous  or highly volatile
nature of some VOL's loaded into railroad tank  cars,  closed hatch loading
techniques are also  practiced.   As  described earlier,  some general service
tank cars have been  fitted with a  top  unloading piping arrangement.  This
piping arrangement has  been  adapted for  VOL loading  through use  of the
unloading pipe  for  loading  and the use  of the  pressurization  port for
collection of VOC emissions.
     Since the number of general service tank cars fitted out with this top
unloading piping  arrangement  is limited,  railroad  tank  cars  designed for
liquified gas service are  sometimes used  for loading of hazardous VOL's or
VOL's with  high  vapor  pressures.   These  cars  are  of  course  specifically
designed for sealed hatch loading.
     Measurement of Liquid Level.   Since  loading must  not proceed  to  full
nominal tank capacity, liquid  level  measurement during loading is necessary.
In splash and submerged fill  loading,  visual sighting  of  the  liquid level
and/or use  of  a  graduated dip  stick   is  a  frequently used  liquid  level
measuring technique.   A type  of  level  sensing device used in  sealed hatch
loading comprises  a  magnetic  float surrounding a  closed  tube  extending
below the  required   final  liquid level.  The magnetic  float,  which  rises
with the  rising  VOL, actuates  a corresponding  magnet  on the  end  of the
measuring rod positioned   within the  closed end  tube  (Figure   12-3).
     Sampling of VOL Cargo During Loading.  Conventional industrial quality
control practice  requires  sampling  of  the VOL loaded  into  the  tank.
Ideally, sampling is  done  in  such  a way  that the sample  is  representative
of the  composite  material  in  the   tank.   In splash  loading or  submerged
fill loading samples are  conveniently dipped  from  the  tank through the
open hatch  as  required.   In  closed  hatch  loading  samples  are taken  at
appropriate intervals through  a valve  in the piping to  the loading  arm.
     Temperature Measurement of Loaded  VOL.   VOLs are loaded  at a wide range
of temperatures.    Since density and volume  vary with temperature, it  is
necessary for the shipper to measure the  temperature  of the  VOL  loaded and
                                    12-10

-------
                                                   FIGURE 12-3
MAGNETIC LIQUID  LEVEL MEASURING  DEVICE
COCxXxXO
                            GRADUATED MEASURING ROD
                                         TOP OF TANK CAR
                                         TANK CAR SHELL
                               CLOSE-END TUBE (NON-MAGNETIC)
                                     MAGNETIC FLOAT
                                         LIQUID  LEVEL
                                      FLOAT STOP

-------
correct the  volume   of  VOL  from  standard  conditions  in  determining  the
outage required by  USDOT regulations.   Such temperature  measurements  are
made either through the open hatch during splash or submerged fill loading,
or, in the case of closed hatch loading, by inserting a thermometer through
the thermometer well.
     Unloading of VOL's.  Since many VOL's are not chemically reactive with
oxygen, air  is  vented or  pressurized  into the  car during  unloading.   If
such materials are  chemically reactive with  oxygen,  an inert gas  such as
nitrogen is vented or pressurized to the tank while unloading.
Sources of Emissions
     Emissions occur during the VOL loading of railroad tank cars as VOC's
in the vapor space of the tank car are expelled from the tank by the rising
level of the VOL  being  loaded.   Residual  VOC's  from the previous unloading
operation are present in  the  vapor space of  the  tank  (unless the tank car
was cleaned after unloading).   In addition, VOC emissions are also produced
during the loading  operation  through evaporation of the  VOL being loaded.
In the case  of  splash loading through the open hatch,  some entrainment of
VOL droplets takes place.
      The following equation") can  be  used to  calculate an emission factor
for a VOL loaded into a railroad tank car:
              LL = 12.46 SPM
                          T
   where:     LL = Loading loss (lb/10  gal of liquid loaded)
              M  = Molecular weight of vapors  (Ib/lb-mole)
              P  = True vapor pressure of liquid  loaded (psia)
              T  = Bulk temperature of liquid loaded (°R)
              S  = Saturation factor (see Table 2-1).
                 = 0.5 for submerged loading  of  a clean tank car
                 =0.6 for submerged  loading of a dedicated service tank car
                 = 1.45 for splash  loading  of either a  clean or dedicated
                   service tank car
     Data on quantities  of VOL's shipped during 1978 was obtained from the
U.S. Department of Transportation Waybill Study^).   This data was used with
emission factors obtained from the  above  equation  to  calculate approximate
                                   12-12

-------
total potential  emissions  for the  continental  United  States  for 1978.  A
saturation factor of  0.6  was used in the  calculations  as being typical of
a reasonable "worst case"  situation,  although  it  is recognized  that signifi-
cant quantities  of  VOL's  are  loaded with  some  type of  existing emission
control.
     On this basis, Table 12-2 presents the maximum potential emissions for
the quantity of  VOL's with vapor pressures between  0.5 and 13 psia loaded
into railroad tank cars during 1978.
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     This section discusses  suitable methods  currently  practiced  for the
collection of VOC's  emitted  during  the  loading  of  VOL's into railroad tank
cars, and presents  effective techniques for the control  of  these VOC's.
     Vapor Collection.  Vapor collection is  the  physical collection of the
VOC vapor expelled  from the tank car during  the loading  of  a VOL.  Three
vapor collection  techniques  are  currently practiced  within  the  railroad
tank car loading industry:
     0  Collection by vapor  balance, in which VOC emissions vented from the
        railcar tank  are  returned to the  vapor space  of the  VOL  storage
        vessel,
     0  Suction pipe  collection in open hatch loading of  VOL, in which the
        VOC emissions are collected  at  the  open  hatch with a suction pipe,
     0  Collection  through  the   vent  port,  in which  VOC  emissions  are
        collected directly from the  vent  port of the top unloading piping
        arrangement incorporated into many railcars.
     A fourth technique, use  of a hatch-sealing plug, is  in common use for
top loading  of  gasoline  tank  trucks.  This  technique  is  satisfactory in
the gasoline truck loading industry  because of the relatively few standard
hatch diameters  installed  in  gasoline  tank trucks,  and  because  gasoline
tank trucks to be loaded at  a bulk terminal are generally  in captive  use and
accordingly are fitted  with  a  specific hatch  size  to mate  with the  hatch
sealing plug in use  at that  terminal. Railroad tank cars  however, have been
built with hatches of many different diameters.   It would be impractical to
have loading arms fitted with hatch  sealing plugs of  the diameters required
to mate with each of the many railcar hatch  diameters in  the existing railcar
fleet.
                                    12-13

-------
                          TABLE  12-2

            TOTAL VOL TANK CAR LOADINGS  AND EMISSIONS
                              1978
 Gallons  of  VOL1s  loaded      Maximum Potential  VOC  Emissions,
	Millions	Tons	

          4,908                             5,300
                            12-14

-------
     Collection by Vapor Balance.  VOLs  with high  vapor  pressures  (i.e.,
above 10  psia @  60°F)  are occasionally  loaded into  railroad  tank  cars
designed for  transport  of  liquified  gases  (Figure  12-4).   The  loading
equipment of  such  cars is  designed to permit sealed  loading with measure-
ment of  outage  and temperature while  venting  the vapor  space  of the  tank
car to the vapor space of  the liquified gas storage tank  (vapor balance).
     Vapor balancing  permits sealed hatch  loading  of  high vapor pressure
VOLs with no loss (other than leaks,  spills  etc.)  of VOCs  to  the atmosphere.
This loading  technique is   also  frequently used  in loading  of  flammable,
toxic, or reactive chemicals,  the vapors from which must be contained for
reasons of health or safety.
     Collection of VOCs During Open Hatch Loading of VOL.  VOLs of moderate
vapor pressure (i.e.,  up to  5 psia @  60°F)  are  commonly  loaded through the
open hatch  of  railroad  tank cars.   Collection  of  VOCs  expelled  from the
open tank car hatch  is  difficult.   Occasionally, a flexible  suction hose
is positioned within  the open hatch (Figure 12-5), and  some collection of
VOCs by this  suction  hose  will take place.  Collection  efficiency of such
a device is very poor, however,  and,  a significant  portion of the expelled
VOCs escape collection and are released to the atmosphere.
     Collection of VOCs Through Top Unloading Piping.    As noted earlier, many
general service tank cars are fitted with a top unloading piping arrangement
in which gas  pressure is used to  force  the liquid  to be  unloaded out the
unloading pipe which extends to the bottom of the tank car.
     This piping arrangement has been adapted for VOL loading (Figure 12-6).
The unloading pipe is used  as a VOL loading pipe, and the gas pressurization
port is used  for VOC  venting.   As the VOL  is loaded  through the unloading
pipe, the rising liquid  level  expels  VOC vapors  from  the tank through the
gas pressurization port,  thereby collecting the  VOC  vapors  for  control.
VOC Vapor Conditioning
     VOC vapor conditioning refers  to the  saturation of  the vapor  with
additional VOC or the dilution of the vapor with air.   The VOC vapor stream
is saturated with  additional VOC  to  increase  the total  VOC concentration
                                  12-15

-------
                                                                          FIGURE  12-4
_ o

CD ¥•
O LU
_J O
o ce
> LU
   CO

— CO
   
ex a
o —
a. —i
                                              C9
                                              f

                                              60
                                             LU    CO

                                             Sss
                                             S ^ c=
                                    12-16
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                                                       FIGURE 12-5
CD
—
*-
0
• >•
CD
UJ
a:.
o
 o
 o
                                       ae
                                       -t
                                       CJ
es


ea
                               CU



                               CO
                 CJ

                 <=9
                         o
                         a
                                 12-17
                                                              ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
                                                                       FIGURE 12-6
CD



Q_


Q_


CD



a ce.
0. H-
O
   ce
   UJ

   oo
i— o:
CJ UJ
cr
C3
a.
o
o
                                 12-18
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
to a level above the upper explosive limit (UEL), or is diluted with air to
a level  below the  lower  explosive  limit (LEL).   VOC  vapor  conditioning
should occur  as  soon  as possible after VOC  collection,  to avoid transport
of a potentially explosive VOC stream.
     In the loading of  VOLs  into  railroad tank  cars the composition of the
expelled stream is influenced by  the  type  of  service the  tank car is in, the
prior unloading method, and whether cleaning is performed between unloading
and loading.
     Not all  vapor  streams collected  from tank cars  would  require condi-
tioning.  In  those  cases where  the  tank  car  is  in dedicated  service and
has not been  cleaned  following  its  last unloading, the  VOC concentration
in the  vapor  space  within the  tank  car  is  frequently,  but  not  always,
above the UEL.
     Tank cars which were top unloaded under nitrogen pressure will contain
VOCs diffused in nitrogen.  Such a mixture is not explosive at any VOC con-
centration because of  the absence of a significant concentration of oxygen.
No vapor stream  conditioning would  be necessary if  such a tank  car  were
subsequently  loaded under sealed hatch conditions.
     Railroad tank cars  are  cleaned  between unloading  and  loading if the
tank has been contaminated in  some  way,  or if the VOL to be loaded differs
chemically from  the   VOL  previously  loaded.  Tank  cars  which have  been
cleaned will have little or no VOC  in the tank.   Sealed hatch loading  of a
clean car would  not require  conditioning  of  expelled  vapor if  the  tank car
interior was purged with nitrogen as a final step in  the cleaning  process,
or purged  with  nitrogen  prior   to  loading,  as   is   frequently  done.
     There are some cases  however,  where vapor conditioning of  the vapors
collected from loading of VOL into railcars  would be  appropriate to ensure
safe operation.
     Saturation of Vapor Stream with VOL.   The  equipment  used  for  vapor
stream saturation is,  in its  simplest form, a chamber  incorporating nozzles
through which VOL may  be  injected  as a  mist  into  the  VOC  stream to  be
saturated.   To achieve maximum efficiency, VOL is  usually injected  counter-
current to the flow of  the VOC  stream, and baffles  are frequently  included
                                      12-19

-------
in the  saturator  to increase  turbulence and promote  maximum vapor-liquid
contact.  The  saturator  should be  located  as near as  possible  to the VOC
collection point to minimize the distance over which a potentially explosive
VOC stream is transported before saturation.
     The VOL saturant may differ chemically  from  the VOC in the vapor stream
to be saturated.  The VOL saturant is selected on the basis of cost, volatil-
ity, availability, and compatibility with the vapor stream to  be saturated.
     Dilution of Vapor Stream with Air.   In  diluting  the  VOC stream  col-
lected from  the railcar  during  the loading  operation,  the  VOC  stream is
discharged into ductwork  leading  away  from the collection point(s) (Figure
12-7).  Air  is  drawn  into  the  ductwork  upstream  from  the  collection
point(s) by  a  blower located  downstream from the  collection points.   The
ductwork and blower  are  sized  to  dilute the  maximum possible  amounts of
collected VOCs  to 25 percent LEL.
     This ductwork collection system provides immediate dilution of the VOC
stream at its  point of  collection,  and  safe  transport  of the  VOC stream
away from the terminal.  Considering that VOC vapor streams from loading of
railroad tank cars are  frequently  of  VOC concentrations near or  above the
DEL, considerable dilution with air is  required  to  reduce these  concentra-
tions to  25  percent  LEL.  Consequently,  large  volumes  of dilute  VOCs are
produced, and  cost  of  control or destruction  is increased  significantly.
Vapor Control And Destruction Equipment
     Although a number of emission control techniques can be  used to reduce
VOC emissions from tank  car loading, incineration  and flaring are the  most
common.
     Prior to flaring, however, the VOC's which have  been saturated (or which
were above the  UEL concentration as collected) are  frequently stored temp-
orarily in bladder storage  tanks,  or  are vented to the vapor  space of the
intermediate VOL storage  tank from which the loaded  VOL was drawn.   Be-
cause of the large volumes  involved,  VOC streams which are  diluted during
the collection process are not held in  temporary  storage before  destruction
or control.
                                      12-20

-------
                                                                       FIGURE  12-7
cc.
    5

                            II
                                                   30A
                                                                O
                                                                d
               o
               o
30A
               O

               O
                                                                o
                                                                o
                                    12-21
             ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
     The purpose  of  the bladder  storage tank  is  to accumulate  and store
the irregular flow of  VOC  emissions  from the intermittent tank car loading
operations, thus evening out the surges and lulls in the  flow of VOC's to the
control device.   The  storage  tank  consists  of a  tank which  contains an
expandable bladder.  Following  saturation,   the  VOC's  flow to  the storage
tank under pressure,  inflating the  expandable  bladder.  When  the bladder
has expanded to pre-set volume, the VOC stream flows to the control  device.
     VOC's vented to the vapor space (vapor  balanced)  of the intermediate
storage tank  from which the loaded  VOL is drawn  are  considered  to  be in
temporary storage.   These   vapors  are  emitted   when  the  storage  tank is
refilled with  VOL.   Since  this emission point  is  remote from  the railcar
loading terminal, however,  control  or  destruction  of  these  emissions is
not considered here.
     Thermal incineration and flaring are the usual methods for controlling
VOC emissions from loading  of VOL's into railroad tank cars.
     Catalytic oxidizers are not  as widely  used  as thermal incinerators
because the  catalysts   can  be  poisoned by  sulfur-and halogen-containing
compounds.
     Thermal incineration is a widely used method  for control of  VOC emis-
sions from railroad tank car loading of VOL's  because  it  is  applicable to
a variety of  chemicals and  VOC  vapor stream conditions.   Incineration is
commonly the method  of control for  streams with  heating values  below the
LEL.
     A thermal incinerator  is usually a refractory-lined chamber containing
a burner at one  end  and generally operated  at  about  760°C  (1400°F) with a
residence time of from 0.3  to 1 second^) (Figure 12-8).
     Combustion chamber temperature is an important parameter  in the design
of a thermal  incinerator,   since  oxidation  rates  are  highly temperature-
dependent.  Incineration of  a  low heating  value VOC  vapor  stream necessi-
tates the  burning of  an auxiliary  fuel to  achieve the desired  chamber
temperature.   Destruction of VOC's with  about 90 percent  efficiency occurs
rapidly at temperatures over 760°C (1400°F).
                                      12-22

-------
                                                                 FIGURE 12-8
                                                       .
                                                       I x
CC
o
o
                                              as
                                              o
                                              i—
                                              V)
                          CO
                          eo
                                                               CO
                                                               00
                              12-23
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
     Mixing is crucial in achieving good thermal incinerator performance.  A
properly designed incinerator will rapidly combine the VOC, combustion air,
and hot combustion products  from  the  burner to  ensure that the VOC will be
in contact  with  sufficient  oxygen  at a  temperature  high enough  to start
the oxidation reaction.   Improper mixing  can enable  pockets  of VOC to pass
through the incinerator  intact  and  can lead  to  poor temperature distribu-
tions where  not   all  the VOC  vapor  stream  reaches  or remains  at  the
combustion temperature.
     Residence time  is the  time  available  for  the   oxidation  reaction to
occur within the  combustion  chamber.  Residence  times from as  low as 0.3
seconds to several seconds have  been used in thermal incinerator design^).
     Based on a study of thermal  oxidizer efficiency,  cost, and fuel use,
98 percent  VOC  reduction  is the  highest  reasonable  control level  consis-
tently achievable by new incinerators, considering  current  technology-^).
This degree of VOC  reduction is based on thermal  incinerator  operation at
870°C (1600°F) and 0.75 second residence time.
     Flaring is generally  used  in the petroleum  and chemical industry as a
means of controlling  rapid  and unexpected  releases  of  combustible gases.
Flares can handle a wide  variation in gas flow rates and gas heat capacities.
The concentration of VOC's in vapors to be flared is frequently greater than
the upper explosive limit.
     Flares are generally less expensive to  install and operate  than thermal
incinerators.   Flares  are  also  generally  noisier than incinerators  and can
produce vibrations which may be  considered a nuisance.
     There are three types of flares;   elevated,  ground, and  pit.  Elevated
flares are most common (Figure 12-9).  As in all combustion processes, time,
turbulence, and temperature control  the effectiveness  of combustion.  Flared
gases must be kept  at or above  their auto-ignition  temperature  to  combust
completely.  The  turbulence is  sometimes  supplied by steam injection at the
ports in the stack.   Time is  controlled by the rate of release of  the flared
vapor.
                                      12-24

-------
                                                       FIGURE  12-9
               ELEVATED  FLARE
STEAM JET
                                         GNITER
                        t
                            FLARED GAS
                                             PILOT
                                                GAS-AIR MIXTURE
                    12-25
                                               ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
     Flared VOC vapor streams are ignited by a pilot  light just as they reach
the top  of  the stack.  Before  thorough  mixing can occur,  part  of the VOC
vapor may burn.   This  may cause an  oxygen deficiency which  can result in
carbon formation.  The as-yet-unburned VOC vapors may also "crack" to form
smaller reactive molecules  of olefins and paraffins,  which may  allow some
molecules to polymerize into  long  chain hydrocarbons.   More  carbon may be
created from  the  combustion  of  these  long   chain   hydrocarbons.   Steam
injection can  reduce  the  amount of  carbon formation  by the  mixing action
resulting from its  injection.   Reduction in the  amount  of carbon produced
will help to eliminate flare  smoking  problems.   For VOC  vapor  streams with
heating values  below  100  Btu/ft-^> 11/  auxiliary  fuel  may  be  required
for effective combustion.
     The design of a flare depends on the VOC vapor stream to be flared.  The
actual VOC composition of  the vapor stream effects the time, turbulence, and
temperature requirements  for  complete  combustion.   The  temperatures  of
combustion can  be controlled  by adding  supplemental fuel and  additional
pilot lights.  The  turbulence can  be controlled  by flare stack  design and
steam injection.   The  time  of  burning  can  be  controlled by flare  stack
design and  VOC vapor  stream  flow rates.   Flow rates   to  the  flare  are
controlled through  design and pre-set operation of  the  temporary storage
bladder tank which  provides  even  flow rate of  the  VOC vapor  stream to the
flare.
     To ensure ignition and provide good flame  stability the  normal opera-
ting range of  a  flare should be  1-5%  of its maximum capacity.   The pilot
light must  be  able  to withstand  high  wind  and heavy  rain.   The  steam
injection requirements to prevent  smoking  depends upon  the  hydrogen  to
carbon ratio of  the  VOC.   A hydrogen  to  carbon ratio of  0.33 requires no
steam injection, but a hydrogen  to  carbon ratio  of 0.25 may  produce smoke
and therefore  requires  steam  injection.    The  height   of  the   flare  is
dictated by heat, fire, and safety considerations.
     The available information on flare  efficiency  is very limited because
of the difficulty of measuring VOC  emissions  from flares.  Literature data
indicates that flare efficiency may vary  from as low as 60% VOC destruction
to as high as 99.9% VOC destruction.
                                     12-26

-------
Costs
     To develop information on approximate  cost  of  VOC emission control by
incineration for railroad  tank  car  loading terminals,  cost  effectiveness
calculations have been performed on acetone, a  typical VOL frequently loaded
into railroad  tank cars.   The  vapor  pressure  of  acetone approaches  the
weighted average  vapor  pressure  of  the  diverse  VOL's  included   in  the
responses to  a a  partial   industry  survey^'  covering  the  railroad  tank
car loading  industry.   Calculations  were  based  on annual loading  volumes
spanning the  range of   throughputs  found  in  typical  railroad  tank  car
loading terminals. In this  example the acetone emissions were  collected by
dilution.  The results  of  these calculations are tabulated in Table 12-3,
and the  cost  effectiveness  results  are  presented  graphically in  Figure
12-10, which shows that  cost  of control decreases as  volume  of VOL loaded
in the terminal increases.  The  cost effectiveness  modeled in this example
reflects the control  of  characteristic amounts  of VOC's emitted in typical
railroad tank  car loading  operations,  and  should not  be  construed  as
typical cost effectiveness  values  for  incineration  in  other applications.
STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     Regulations covering control  of  emissions  from  tank  car loading  of
VOL's for those States which presently do not meet the  national ambient  air
quality standards for ozone, and which have been granted extentions beyond
Dec 1982, have  been  reviewed.    Several  of those states currently  require
the recovery or destruction  of vapors emitted as  a result of railcar loading
of VOL's.  Six  States,  however  do not require  this  operation to  be  con-
trolled, while  nine   others  limit the   scope  of  the   requirement   to  the
loading of gasoline.   Still others  require  only that  loading be  accom-
plished by means of bottom  filling or  by submerged fill pipe.   Those  that
require the  recovery  or destruction of  VOC's  have  basically used as  a
guide the  control  techniques guideline  for the  loading  of gasoline  into
tank trucks.
                                     12-27

-------
                                TABLE 12-3

           EXAMPLES OF COSTS AND COST EFFECTIVENESS FOR THERMAL
           INCINERATION OF VOC'S FROM RAILROAD TANKCAR LOADING
     Example

     VOL loaded

     MM gallons loaded/year

     Equipment cost
     Installation costs
     Piping and ducting
     Taxes, freight, and instrumentation

     Total installed capital cost

     Direct

       Operating labor
       Maintenance labor
       Electricity
       Natural gas

     Subtotal

     Indirect
              II
  $5,400
       Capital recovery3                  $16,000
       Taxes, insurance & administration^3   4,000

     Subtotal                             $20,000

     Total annualized costc               $25,400

     Tons controlled VOC emissions/year     4.5

     Cost effectiveness                 $5600/ton
            $21,000
              5,000
            III
Acetone
4
60,000
37,000
4,000
11,000
Acetone
18
$68,000
41,000
8,000
12,000
Ace tone
42
$80,000
49,000
19,000
14,000
$112,000   $129,000   $162,000
$1,500
2,000
100
2,000
$1,500
2,000
200
4,000
$ 1,500
2,000
500
11,000
$7,400    $15,000
          $26,000
            6,500
            $26,000    $32,500

            $33,400    $47,500

               20         47

           1700/ton  $10007 ton
aCapital recovery factor of 16.275 percent of total installed
 capital cost.  Based on 10 year life of incinerator and 10 percent
 interest rate.
      percent of total installed capital cost.

cDirect subtotal + indirect subtotal.

Note:  All costs are rounded to the nearest $100, and are in 1980
       dollars.  No heat recovery from the incinerator is included
       in these example calculations.
                                    12-28

-------
                                                                FIGURE  12.10
       COST  EFFECTIVENESS FOR  CONTROL OF  ACETONE  EMISSIONS

                  DURING RAILROAD TANK CAR  LOADING
     6000
Q

UJ
O
o:
o
o
o

UJ

=c
O
t—
oo
o
oo
O
o
     5000
     4000
     3000
     2000
     1000
                                          Note:   VOC emissions

                                          diluted during collection.
              O
                                20
                                           30
40
50
                   THROUGHPUT, GALLONS ACETONE/YEAR x  10C
                                   12-29

-------
 REFERENCES

 1.   Yearbook of Railroad  Facts.   Association of American Railroads, Econo-
     mics and Finance Department, Washington, DC, June 1980.

 2.   Carload Waybill Statistics, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washing-
     ton, DC.

 3.   Association of  American Railroads,  Washington,  DC,  private communica-
     tion,  Patrick Student to Fred Porter, December 23, 1980.

 4   Survey Responses from Partial Industry Survey, private communications to
     Don Goodwin, December 1980 through January 1981.

 5.   Tank Car Manual,  General American Transportation Corp.,  Chicago, 111.
     1979

 6.   Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors,  Third  Edition  and  Sup-
     plements,  AP-42, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, NC, August 1977.

 7.   Evaporation Loss  from Tank Cars, Tank  Trucks,  and Marine  Vessels API
     Bulletin 2514,  American  Petroleum  Institute, Washington,  DC,  November
     1959.

 8.   Reed,   R.  J.   North  American  Combustion  Hanbdook.    Cleveland,  North
     American Manufacturing Co., 1979.  p. 269.

 9.   Chemical Rubber  Company  (CRC).  Handbook of  Chemistry  and  Physics,
     49th Ed.

10.   Memo and addendum  from  Mascone, D.,  EPA, to Farmer,  J.,  EPA.  June 11,
     1980.

11.   Control  Techniques  for  Volatile  Organic  Emissions  From  Stationary
     Sources.  Office  of  Air  and   Waste  Management.   U.S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency.  Research Triangle Park, NC.  Publication No.
     EPA-450/2-78-022.
                                      12-30

-------
                                SECTION 13
                       SOLVENT EXTRACTION PROCESSES

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
    The extraction  of  fats and  oils  is  accomplished  through rendering,
pressing and solvent extraction.  The process to be used is determined by
the characteristics of each oil-bearing material.  Tallow and grease from
fatty animal tissues is  recovered by  rendering as are marine  oils  from
fish and whale blubber.  Mechanical expression  (by continuous pressing or
centrifugal expression)  is  used to obtain  the  major portion of  the  oil
from various oil  seeds  such as copra, sunflower seeds,  castor  bean,  and
peanuts, as well  as  from fruit pulp,  generally olives.   This process is
also used to recover  oil from rendering  residues.   However,  for maximum
recovery of oil  from oil seeds,  extraction is  done especially  with  oil
seeds having a low oil content.   The  final  recovery of the oil is accom-
plished through mechanical  expression.   Soybeans  are  almost always  ex-
clusively solvent extracted directly.   A process called "prepress solvent
extraction" is used  for  cottonseed,   flaxseed,  and for high  oil  content
seeds, including  copra,  peanuts,  corn  germ,  castor  beans,  sunflower
seeds, olives and wheat germ.
Soybean Oil Extraction
    The emphasis in this section will be on soybean oil extraction since,
according to the  Research  Triangle  Institute  (RTI),  80  percent of  all
the vegetable  oil  produced  in  the   United  States  is  extracted   from
soybeans-'-).  Finelt  of  Fluor  Engineers  and Constructors  reports  that
soybean oil accounts  for 60 percent  of the total  food  use  of  fats  and
oils2).
     Soybean oil  is  obtained   through solvent extraction  via  hexane.
This is a continuous processing operation (see Figure 13-1).  This figure
illustrates a typical plant operated  to produce crude  soybean  vegetable
oil and a soybean residue meal  suitable  for ultimate use  as animal  feed.
Mechanical pretreatment  of  soybeans  containing about  18 percent oil  is
required to facilitate  the  separation of the  oils from the  solids.   In
mechanical pretreatment,  foreign  materials  are removed,  the beans  are
                                  13-1

-------
                                                                          FIGURE  13-1
                                                             gd-—4
CO
o>
o •
a
(/>
c
CO
o
00
(T3
OC
CO
0=
a

-
o
oo
                                       13-2
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
dehulled, reduced  in  size and  crushed.   Prepared soybeans  are  then fed
directly to an  extractor where they are  then introduced to a  series  of
washings with  warm hexane  solvent  to  extract  the  vegetable  oil.   The
solvent must then be removed from the oil in the solvent recovery section
by means  of multiple  stages  of  evaporation  and  stripping.  The  crude
soybean oil is  stored and  the recovered hexane solvent is passed  to  a
solvent work tank.  The  recovered hexane is  recycled and  used  again at
the extractor.
    As the meal  (soybean residue) leaves the extractor, it  is  subjected
to a stream stripping  operation in the meal desolventizer.   This removes
most of  the  hexane retained  in the meal.   The water-hexane vapors,  in
addition to the liquid solvent and oil, are  passed to  the solvent recovery
section for  oil  separation and  solvent recovery,   while  desolventized
meal is dried and cooled to produce a soybean meal product.
Process Emissions and Emission Points
    There are three vent streams containing  hexane which are discharged to
the atmosphere  during  soybean  processing.   These three emission  points
are:  (1) the main vent stream issuing from the solvent recovery section,
(2) the dryer vent stream issuing from the meal dryer, and  (3)  the cooler
vent stream exiting from the meal cooler (see Figure 13-1).
    The incentive to reduce hexane emissions to the  atmosphere  at soybean
processing operations  is high  since  hexane  is  expensive,  thus  making
recovery operations very  desirable.   The  profit is dependent to  a  large
extent upon keeping  the hexane  losses  as  close  to  zero as possible  in
extraction operations.   In  most  cases,  according to RTI,   99.9  percent
of the hexane is recoverable.  The remaining 0.1 percent which  is lost to
the atmosphere, at  first  glance may not  seem like a  significant  amount
to the industry;  however,  in terms  of  total  hexane  emissions as an air
contaminant, this  0.1  percent  can  be  highly significant.  This  is  so
because the typical  operational ratio of hexane weight to  dehulled  oil
seed weight is  about  one to  one.   Obviously, the larger the operation,
the greater the hexane emissions.
                                   13-3

-------
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
    As reported by  Finelt  in the November 1979  APCA Journal,  the losses
of total hexane to  be expected  from soybean processing  plants  may  vary
from 0.5  gals./ton  of  soybean  processed  up  to 5.0  gals./ton, with  a
mid-range of  0.7  to 2.7 and an average  of  about 1.0  to 1.4  gals./ton.
As would be  expected,  the  newer plants tend  to  have lower emissions due
to the incorporation  of  additional  hexane collection equipment such as a
mineral oil  adsorber/stripper  unit  to  the  main  vent stream.   Assuming an
average value of 1.2 gals./ton and 18 percent oil in soybeans,  Table 13-1
shows that in 1977,  approximately 29.5 MM gals, of hexane were discharged
to the  atmosphere  as  a  result  of  soybean  process  operations^).
    As mentioned previously, the consideration of emission points at such
an operation  can  be  summed  up as  follows:   the main vent  stream  and a
combined dryer/cooler vent  stream.   These  later  two can be combined due to
the similarities  of  their  origins  and  the low  potential  hexane content
of each stream.  Table 13-2  presents the  expected  flow quantities of the
two vent  streams  from any  given soybean  plant.   It is  anticipated  the
air pollution abatement  facilities  that  would be installed  would reduce
the hexane level of  the emitted stream to 100 ppm or less^'.
    The two  primary air  pollution abatement  systems which could  be  ap-
plied to soybean processing  operations are thermal  oxidation and mineral
oil adsorption (currently the most widely used).
    Thermal oxidation  systems  possibly applicable  for the reduction  of
hexane emissions from solvent extraction include direct thermal incinera-
tion and  catalytic  oxidation.   However,  vent streams  from the  dryer  and
cooler contain particulate  matter  which  could  foul the  catalyst  in  a
catalytic oxidation system^).  Thus, direct  thermal  incineration appears
to be the  most feasible of  two oxidation  approaches.   Because  uncon-
trolled VOC  emissions from  the  dryer  and   cooler   are  rather  low  in
concentration, the  cost-effectiveness   of  thermal  oxidation   would   be
rather poor  unless  emissions from  the dryer/cooler  vents were  combined
with those from the main vent condenser.   One other alternative oxidation
approach would be to  vent  VOC  emissions  from the dryer/cooler  vents  to
the plant's main boiler.
                                    13-4

-------
                                TABLE 13-1

                    PRODUCTION OF SOYBEAN OIL IN U.S.
          Year
MM Ib.
Year
MM Ib,
          1960
          1965
          1966
          1967
          1968
          1969
          1970
 4392
 5236
 5811
 6150
 6150
 6805
 8086
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
 8082
 8084
 7540
 8705
 7862
 9640
 8836
                                TABLE 13-2

                     COMPOSITION OF VENT STREAMS FROM
                        SOYBEAN PROCESSING PLANTS
                                      Main Vent
                               Combined
                           Dryer/Cooler Vents
Solvent
Air Volume, ACFM
Temperature (°F)
Quantity of Solvent, Ib./day
              Hexane
               1070
                80°
             209-20900
                Hexane
                55860
                 210°
               397-39750
Reference 2
                                  13-5

-------
    Carbon adsorption has been  considered  as a VOC control technique and
a few systems have  been installed on solvent extraction plant vent streams.
However, high cost and the potential risk of fire and explosion have made
these systems unattractive to industry.
    According to a draft Background  Information  Document (BID) prepared
on Vegetable Oil Processing for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
the most widely used VOC  control  system on solvent extraction main vents
is the Mineral Oil  Scrubber^).   These  scrubbers can control main condenser
vent VOC emissions at an efficiency of about 95 percent.
     The type of oil  used for hexane absorption is white mineral oil of
technical grade with  a molecular  weight of  between  290  and  330,  and a
viscosity at  100°F of  50/60  second  Saybolt  Universal.  This  recovery
process is located  at  the main vent and is  reported  to  be approximately
95 percent efficient-^-).
     Volatile organic  compound  losses  occur  throughout  the  process  in
varying amounts.  In addition to the emissions of the main vent, the dryer
vent also can  experience considerable  VOC losses.   It  is possible that
the hexane concentration at the dryer vent can be in the flammable range.
At present there is no applicable recovery technology for  this particular
vent, according to  Chessin of RII-^.
     Fugitive loss   of  VOCs  (which are not proportional  to plant  size^))
vary greatly  from  operation  to operation.   Generally,   they  range from
0.13 gals./ton of soybeans processed to 0.33 gals./ton.
     Fugitive emissions  result  from  motor  driven shafts with  packing
glands and  stuffing boxes  of  solids  processing  units,  sight  glasses,
cleanouts, and access doors also leak vapor if they are not maintained.
Control Technology Costs

     Solvents such   as  the  commonly  used  hexane  are  expensive,  and
efficient solvent recovery is favorable  for  both air  pollution abatement
and for the reuse of the solvent.
                                    13-6

-------
     Using the  soybean  industry  as  an example  of  a  solvent  recovery
operation, volatile organic  compound  losses  to  the  atmosphere can amount
to about  0.5  percent  of the original quantity  used-^).   In 1979, the mid
price for  the solvent  was  $0.70/gal.2).   In a  reasonably well-operated
plant, operating  at  1,000  tons/day production,  the  solvent  losses  can
amount to  3.15 gals./ton  of  soybeans  processed-^).   This amounts  to  a
dollar loss of $2,205/day (this is in about the mid-range  for VOC losses,
as discussed  earlier  in this section)
     Available control  cost data  were  investigated  for three  control
alternatives; these were:   an  activated  carbon  adsorber on the main vent
or combined with  the  dryer/cooler vent  and treated  as a whole; a thermal
incineration  unit  on  the combined  dryer/cooler  vent,  or  combined  with
the main  vent  and incinerated together^);  finally,   the  mineral  oil
scrubber, which is  considered  by the EPA  to be an integral  part  of the
entire process  and not necessarily  an  add-on  abatement technique.
    The cost  (in  1979)  for  a  carbon  adsorption  system is approximately
$108,200, with operating costs of $67,860 to $102,420 per year, depending
on the amount of  hexane to  be handled  (209 Ibs./day  or 1,045 Ibs./day,
respectively^').  With  this  type  of  abatement  equipment, the  losses  of
hexane can  be  reduced   to  less  than  0.5  gals,  per  ton   of  soybeans
process^).
    According to a representative of the Petroleum Branch of the Environ-
mental Protection Agency, the  cost  of a thermal incineration  unit on the
main vent  is  $69,500  and $101,200  on the  dryer vent.   However,  hexane
revenues are  not  realized until the hexane  content  exceeds  18,000 Ibs./
day.
    As for the  cost of a mineral  oil scrubber,  this  particular  type  of
equipment is  so  integrated  into  the   total  operation,  it  would  be
difficult to  single out the price  of the  unit, its installation  or  its
operational costs,  as  reported by  a  representative  of the  Petroleum
Branch of  the EPA  where considerable  cost analysis  has  been done  on
such equipment.
                                    13-7

-------
Coffee Roasting and Decaffeination
     Thirty percent of the  coffee  beans processed in the United States
are used for instant coffee and only five percent of the beans are used
for decaffeinated coffee.  The majority of the beans  are  simply cleaned,
blended, roasted, and packaged for sale^'.
     Volatile organic  compounds  are  emitted  during the  roasting  and
decaffeination processes.   A direct-fired  afterburner  operating  in a
range of 650 to 750°C  (1200-1400°F) will almost completely eliminate the
emissions from the continuous batch roasters.   Prior  to roasting, decaf-
feination is accomplished  with trichloroethylene.   As  of  1974,  1,500
tons per year of volatile organics were emitted to the atmosphere.  For
the solvent loss (trichloroethylene) which is the major emission, there
is no control technique used'*).
STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     Currently, the Fresno County Air Pollution Control District (Cali-
fornia) has  a  rule  (No.  409) on  organic  solvents.  However,  if  the
solvent does not  come  in contact  with  a  flame,  the  particular process
is exempt  from  the  rule.   The   South  Coast Air   Quality  Management
District (SCAQMD  [California]) also has a rule on organic  solvents and
the associated emissions (No. 442).
     Similar to  the   Fresno  County   rule,   the   SCAQMD  exempts  those
industries utilizing organic  solvents under  certain  conditions such as
having the  emissions   reduced by   85  percent  or   the  following:
     (1)  Organic materials  that  come into  contact  with  flame  or  are
          baked, heat  cured  or heat  polymerized,  are limited  to  1.4
          kilograms (3.1 pounds)  per  hour not to exceed 6.5  kilograms
          (14.3 pounds) per day.
     (2)  Organic materials emitted into the atmosphere from the use of
          photochemically reactive  solvents  are limited to 3.6 kilograms
          (7.9 pounds)   per  hour,  not  to  exceed 18  kilograms  (39.6
          pounds) per   day,  except  as  provided  in  subsection  (a)(l).
                                   13-8

-------
          All organic  materials  emitted  for  a  drying  period  of 12
          hours following their  application shall  be included in  this
          limit.
     (3)  Through and  including November  30,  1980,  organic materials
          emitted into  the  atmosphere  from  the  use  of  non-photo-
          cheinically reactive  solvents  are  limited  to 180 kilograms
          (396 pounds)  per  hour  not  to exceed  1350  kilograms  (2970
          pounds) per  day,  except  as  provided  in  subsection (a)(l).
          All organic  materials  emitted  for  a  drying  period  of 12
          hours following their  application shall  be included in  this
          limit.
     (4)  On and after December 1, 1980, organic materials emitted  into
          the atmosphere  from  the use  of  non-photochemically reactive
          solvents are limited  to  36.8  kilograms  (81 pounds)  per  hour
          not to exceed  272 kilograms  (600  pounds)  per day, effective
          December 1, 1980.
REFERENCES
1.  Telephone discussion with Carl Parker and Bert Chessin of RTI, Dec.
    1980.
2.  Finelt,  Stanley,   Air Pollution  Abatement  Facilities at  Soybean
    Processing Plants.  Journal  of Air  Pollution Control,  Nov.  1979.
3.  Draft NSPS, February 1980, supplied by EPA, February 1981.
4.  Control Techniques  for  Volatile  Organic Emissions  from  Stationary
    Sources.  U.S. EPA-450/2-78-022,  May 1978.
5.  Chemical Engineering Journal, Aug. 6, 1973.
6.  Cheretaisinof f, Paul N. , and Young, Richard A., Pollution Engineering
    Practice Handbook.   Ann  Arbor  Science  Publishers,  Inc.,  1976.
7.  Discussion  with  representative  of  the  Petroleum  Branch  of  the
    Environmental Protection Agency,  Durham, NC, March 1981.
                                   13-9

-------
                               SECTION 14
                   SURFACE COATING OF LARGE AIRCRAFT

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     Aircraft coating  operations  are  centered  about  major  aircraft
manufacturing and  repair  centers in  the  United  States.   In the South
Coast Air  Quality Management  District  (SCAQMD  [Southern California])
the coating of  aerospace  components  (a term used  by  the  SCAQMD inclu-
ding aircraft  coating)  alone contributes 4.4 tons  per  day of volatile
organic emissions.
     Painting operations  result  in  the  generation  of  several  types of
contaminants:  various  quantities  of  nonvolatiles  (solid  or  semi-
solid nonorganic  materials)  and  vapors  of  organic  solvents.   These
volatile organic  compounds  (VOCs)  are  not captured  and retained by
air filters or  waterfall curtains typically used  for  particulate con-
troll^,3).  in the case of aircraft painting and coating, afterburners
or incinerators essentially  do not play a  role in pollution abatement
efforts^*5).  However, activated  carbon adsorption has  recently  been
applied as a method of VOC abatement in aircraft coating.
     The aviation  industry,   from an  operational  point   of. view,  is
generally classified  into  three  categories:  commercial,  general  ser-
vice, and military.   For  the most part, commercial aircraft are large
multi-engine fixed-wing airplanes.  Planes  used in general service are
generally much  smaller,  with many in  the  single  engine, two  or  four
passenger category.   There are  also  increasing  numbers  of  6 to  20
passenger aircraft used for business purposes.   Military aircraft cover
all sizes and  types,  from light  single engine planes  to the  largest
multi-engine cargo planes.   A  variety of helicopters  are also  in the
military category.   Coatings  used   for military  aircraft  must  meet
military specifications.   Most military aircraft  are  coated with  flat
camouflage paints  as  compared to  the  gloss  decorative paint  used  on
civilian aircraft.
                                   14-1

-------
     Fron a point of view  of  coatings and coating application methods,
the most  important  distinguishing  features  seem to  be  (1)  size  of
aircraft, and (2) whether the aircraft is for civilian or military use.
Painting operations  of  both  small  and  large aircraft  manufacturers
are described here.
     Three manufacturers  of  light  aircraft  (Beechcraft,   Cessna,  and
Gruman) reported that very  few,  if  any, of the exterior  components of
the aircraft  come   to  them prepainted  or  even  preprinted.   Prior  to
assembly, light  aircraft  components are   generally coated  with  two
primers and  a topcoat.   The  first  coat  is  called  a filling  primer
which smooths out the  surface of the component;  the  second coat  is an
anticorrosion primer which  is applied  to  protect the surface of  each
exterior component; finally,  the  topcoat  (either  clear or colored) is
applied for  the  final  protection and  decoration  of the  craft.   Most
light aircraft, however, have colored (pigmented) topcoats.
     Both the  primers  and  the  topcoat  use  MEK,   M1BK,  or toluene as
solvents.  The primers are  of the epoxy-polyamide type and the topcoat
paint is generally a polyurethane.
     Depending on the normal practice of the aircraft manufacturer, the
first primer  coat  is applied either electrostatically in  an  automated
fashion within a  waterfall booth,  or  is  conventionally  sprayed  with
compressed air.  The  second  primer  and the  topcoat are  both applied
using a hand-held compressed  air  spray  gun.   This process  is  also done
in a waterfall booth.  The  air  from the painting  area is  filtered, and
the water  from  the  waterfall booth is  subjected to  paint reclaiming
(paint is disposed  of)  and then is recycled.  These two control methods
are well  suited  to  the capture of particulates,  however,  the  volatile
organic compounds are not captured by these methods.
     Large aircraft are  generally painted  with  only one  primer  coat
and one topcoat.   Both  of these coatings are applied by the conventional
compressed air  spray in  a controlled  environment  paint   hangar.   In
essence, this means that hangar inlet air is filtered.
     Large aircraft are  usually  painted as  an entire unit.   there is
one epoxy-type primer coat and one polyurethane topcoat.   Some  airlines
                                    14-2

-------
prefer their planes without  color,  and as such  are  coated with a pro-
tective acrylic  prior  to the  riveting; this  coating is  then removed
after the assembly of  the  craft.   The sheet  stock is polished aluminum
coated with  "Alodine'""  which allows  the metallic finish  of  the craft
to show through.
     The solvents used  are generally  MEK  and toluene,  however, there
are many blends which may contain any combination of ketones, alcohols,
and glycol ethers^).
     In the  case  of at least  one manufacturer (Lockheed) the wings are
painted prior  to  attachment  to  the  fuselage.   In addition,  they use
two primer coats,  one called a  wash primer which  is approximately 85
percent solvent.   This  does  present  a high potential  for  volatile
organic losses;  however,  according to  a  finishes expert  at Lockheed,
the amount  applied  per  unit area  is  low.   The second primer is  an
intermediate coat, a  polyurethane which is  high in  solids,  as is the
following topcoat which  is  a polyesterurethane.   The process  used for
applying the primers  and the topcoat involves a  gantry on  wheels which
runs along a track.   Several painters  positioned  on each  side  of the
gantry at  different  levels  use   compressed  air  spray  guns  for  even
paint application.  The  wings are painted  in  the  open  area  of  the
hangar.  Fans are used  to  direct  the  over-spray toward  the fiberglass
filters.  According to  a contact  at  Lockheed in Burbank,  California,
it is a general practice for most airlines to  completely strip off the
old primer and  paint  and reprime  and  repaint the aircraft  every  five
years.
     As with all surface coating  operations,  the emissions of volatile
organic compounds are  dependent  upon  VOC  content of the  coating,  the
amount of coating applied,  and the efficiency of  the application method
in transferring the coating  to  the object to  be coated.   No detailed
emission factors  are  available  for this  category,  but  solvent-borne
coatings similar  to  those  used  in  coating  other  metal  products  are
utilized.  Coatings for main body and wing assemblies must be air dried.
No waterborne coatings  were  found to  be  used  at  the  present  time.
                                   14-3

-------
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     The surface  coating  of  aircraft  involves the  coating  of  large
irregularly shaped  objects at relatively  low  production  rates.   This
very nearly  precludes  the use  of  add-on  controls  for VOC  losses  be-
cause of the very large  exhaust  flow rates and flow VOC concentrations
in the exhaust.   Both  capital and  operating  costs would  be extremely
high.  Consequently, control  techniques principally involve  the  use of
high solids or waterborne coatings and the conversion to higher transfer
efficiency coating application systems.  There are some special problems
relating to  aircraft  coatings which  have  an impact on  the  ability to
change coating formulations.  These include the importance of corrosion
resistance, the  need  to tolerate  high  altitude  exposure  conditions
(extreme temperature ranges and  high  levels  of ultraviolet radiation),
and the need to meet military specifications on a portion of the aircraft
manufactured.
     Tinker Air Force Base (Oklahoma City, Oklahoma) has the most modern
aircraft painting hangar presently in operation.  The hangar, which can
accomodate the painting of two aircraft the size of a 747 simultaneously,
was designed with  two  carbon adsorption air  pollution abatement units
at either end of the building.
     This hangar,  which went  operational  in  1979,  was designed  with
the control  equipment  to facilitate  compliance with  volatile organic
compound regulations.  Each carbon  adsorber  contains  three large acti-
vated carbon  canisters  each,  with  eighteen  smaller  canisters.   The
two units  combined move 136,000  CFM of  air  through their  filters.
Approximately 90  percent of  the air  in   the  hangar   is  recirculated,
requiring only about 10 percent make-up air.
     According to  representatives  of  Tinker  Air  Force  Base'),  the
carbon adsorption units are effective, but would be  even more efficient
if the steam used to regenerate  the  carbon was at a higher temperature
than the 250°F steam now used.   Presumably this would  aid  in stripping
higher boiling point solvents.  No test data were  reported.
     With these two particular units, the  carbon is  regenerated every 8
or 9 hours; however, it could maintain its efficiency for as long as 16
hours without regeneration.

                                  14-4

-------
     The only major problem encountered so  far has  been with the small
canisters becoming clogged  with paint from overspray.   In response to
this, Tinker Air  Force  Base  plans to install bag  filters  to catch the
overspray that the water-wash booths do not capture.
     Coating specification data obtained during this  study shows vola-
tile organic compound content  in  coatings  ranging from  about  30 to 90
percent by  volume  range.   Reductions  in  VOC  content   of  aerospace
coatings used  in  the  Los Angeles  Basin  area (South  Coast Air Quality
Management District)  are scheduled  to  begin in  August  1982  with  a
further reduction of  VOC content  in primers in 1985  (see  Rule 1124 in
Status of Regulatory  Activities  below).   The estimated  reduction will
be partially  accomplished by  using high  solids  coating  in  1982  and
waterborne coating for primer in  1985.  The estimated cost of the 1124
SCAQMD rule  is approximately  $16,000  per ton  of   organic  emissions
reduced.
     The application of coatings with improved transfer efficiency could
be considered  equivalent to  VOC  control  using high  solids or  water-
borne coatings.   Application methods utilizing electrostatic  coating,
hydraulic spray  equipment,   and   special  low  air  volume  spray  guns
(sometimes described  as   mistless  sprayers)  are  possible  alternative
approaches.   Reduction in paint use  of  50  percent or more are thought
to be achievable with some of these methods.
     It was suggested by the Board  of the  SCAQMD  that aircraft coating
could be eliminated  altogether,  thereby  dramatically reducing organic
emissions.   However,   representatives  of   the  aircraft  manufacturing
industry expressed  the   concern   that  hand-polishing  the  bare  metal
surface (in order to  keep it smooth for  flight) was  too costly due to
the required number of person-hours and  the price  of labor.

STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     Several states maintain regulations on volatile organic  compound
emissions from  the  coating  industry,  however,  these  rulings do  not
apply specifically to aircraft  coating.
                                   14-5

-------
     The SCAQMD  (Los  Angeles  Air  Basin)  in  July  1979 proposed  its

Rule 1124, Aerospace Assembly  and  Component  Coatings  Operations.   Its

requirements are stated as follows:

    "(b)  Requirements
          (1)  After August 1,  1982, a person shall not:

               (A)  Apply to aerospace components any primer or topcoat
                    which contains volatile organic compounds in excess
                    of:

                    (i)  650 grams  per  liter of primer  less water,  as
                         applied.

                    (ii) 600 grams  per  liter of topcoat  less water  as
                         applied.

               (B)  Apply to aerospace components any temporary protec-
                    tive coating that contains  more than 250  grams  of
                    volatile organic  compound   per liter  of  material
                    less water, as applied.

               (C)  Use volatile  organic  compounds of  composite vapor
                    pressure of 77.6  mm  Hg (1.5 psia) or greater  at  a
                    temperature of 21.1°C (70°F)  for surface preparation
                    or  cleanup, excluding paint  removal.

               (D)  Use  other  than closed containers for  disposal  of
                    cloth or paper impregnated  with solvent containing
                    volatile organic compounds which  are  used for  sur-
                    face preparation cleanup  and paint removal.

               (E)  Use volatile  organic  compounds for the  cleanup  of
                    spray equipment used in aerospace component coating
                    operations  unless 85 percent  of  the volatile organic
                    compounds are  collected and  properly  disposed  such
                    that they are  not emitted to the atmosphere.

               (F)  Use stripper which contains  more than 400 grams per-
                    liter of volatile organic compounds,  or has a  com-
                    posite vapor pressure of  volatile organic compounds
                    more than 10  mm Hg  (0.19 psia) at  21.1°C (70°F).

          (2)  After January 1,  1985,  a  person  shall  not apply  to
               aerospace components any primer  in  excess  of  350  grains
               per liter, less  water,  as  applied.

          (3)  Until and  including  August  1, 1982,  aerospace industry
               and aerospace components  subject to  the provisions  of
               this rule  shall  comply  with  Rule  442  and  any  other
               applicable requirements of the Rules and  Regulations  of
               the South Coast  Air Quality  Management District.
                                  14-6

-------
(c)  Equivalency

     Notwithstanding the provisions  of  subparagraph  (b)  a person
     nay comply with  subparagraph (b) by reducing  emissions from
     such coating  operations provided that:

     (1)  The  emission  reducitons  are  at  least  equal   to  those
          which would be obtained by the use of coatings  specified
          in subparagraph (b); and

     (2)  The  emission  reducition  methods  are  applied  to  the
          coating  operations  subject to  the  provisions   of  this
          rule and  are  approved  by  the  Executive   Officer;  and

     (3)  The  owner  or  operator  submits  applications   for  new
          permits  to construct  or operate  both basic and control
          equipment for  such reductions.
(d)  Methods of Analysis

     The volatile  organic  content  of  coatings  subject  to  the
     provisions of this rule shall be determined by the procedures
     detailed in Rule 107.
(e)  Exemptions

     (1)  Until December 31, 1982,  coating of aerospace assemblies
          and components procured by the  Federal  Government  shall
          be exempted from the provisions of subparagraph (b)(l)(A)
          of this rule.

     (2)  The provisions of  subparagraphs (b)(l)(A), and (b)(l)(B),
          and (b)(2)  of  this rule shall not apply to the following
          materials:

          (A)  Coatings  for  masking in chemical etching operations.

          (B)  Adhesive  bonding paper.

          (C)  Flight test  coatings.

          (D)  Space  vehicles coatings.

          (E)  Fuel tank coatings.

     (3)  The provisions of subparagraph  (b)  of this  rule  shall
          not apply to the  following  materials:

          (A)  1,1,1-Trichloroethane

          (B)  Methylene Chloride

          (C)  Trichlorotrifluoroethane

                               14-7

-------
          (4)  The provisions of this rule shall not apply to a facility
               which emits a  total  of less than  9072 grams (20 pounds)
               of volatile compounds in any one day."
     Additional existing air pollution control rules and regulations on

the state and  local  level  have not been  specifically  directed at this

area of industry, but rather at VOC emissions in general.


REFERENCES

1.  Charles R.  Martens,  Technology of  Paints,  Varnishes and Lacquers,
    Reinhold Book Corporation, 1968.

2.  Brian  N.  Chapman  and  J.  C.  Anderson,  Science and  Technology  of
    Surface Coating, Academic Press, London and New York, 1974.

3.  Contact with the  South  Coast  Air  Quality  Management District,
    December 1980.

4.  Contact with Cessna Aircraft,  Beechcraft,  and   Gruman Aircraft,
    January 1981.

5.  Contact  with  Boeing  Aircraft,  Northrop  Aircraft,  and  Lockheed
    Aircraft,  January 1981.

6.  Contact  with Bostik,   Inc.   of  Torrance,  California,  paint  and
    solvent suppliers to the aircraft industry.  January 1981.

7.  Personal  communication  with  representative  of  Tinker Air  Force
    Base, March 1981.
                                   14-8

-------
                               SECTION 15
                     SURFACE COATING OF LARGE SHIPS

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     There  are  about  eight different  types of  marine coatings  with
application methods uniquely suited to each.  These paint types include:
epoxyamine, epoxypolyamide,  polyurethane,  vinyl,  chlorinated  rubber,
alkyd, inorganic zinc,  and acrylic.  Table 15-1 presents each of these,
and their applications  and solids contents.
     The aforementioned coatings  are air  dried and  can be  applied by
brush, roller,  or  spray.   The application of  marine  coatings  and the
associated solvents used  for thinning and  cleaning result in the emis-
sion of volatile  organic  compounds.  On the California  coast  over ten
tons per day of these compounds are emitted-^-).
     Since marine coatings  are applied  to large  surface areas  and are
dried in the open air,  it  is not practical to duct  the emissions through
abatement devices such  as afterburners or carbon adsorbers.
     Because of the stringent requirements of marine coatings,  applica-
tion characteristics vary with  the type  of  coating.   The  properties
which must  be  evaluated  are  abrasion,  impact, flexibility,  hardness,
corrosion resistance and cathodic protection, and  adhesion.
     Some of these  coatings require a   certain  degree  of  temperature
control to  cure  properly,  while  others  require heaters  within  the
paint delivery line. With some paints,  humidity is the crucial factor.
Specialized application equipment is required for those  coatings  which
are solvent-free,  while  other paints  are  potentially  toxic  to  the
persons applying them.
     According to the  California  Air Resources Board  (CARB), a  survey
conducted by them indicated that  approximately  26  percent of  the marine
coatings sold in California were  based  on  epoxy resins.   Half  of  these
coatings were based on  amine-cured  resins, and the remaining half  were
polyamide cured epoxies.  Data  from the CARB survey yielded that all the
                                   15-1

-------


































rH
i
m
rH
W
_!
S3
<;
H









































CO
H
M
H
a
0
cj

CO
Q
1— 1
J
O
CO

Q
§j

A
CO
2
0
rH
H
<
CJ
l_j
rJ
O-l
su
<;

M
CO
w
Oi
>i
H
CO
o
a
HH
s
<<
o
o
w
a
M
CSi





















T3
O)
H
rH
&
a.
<
Cfl
03
0)
00
c
03
OS

rH
03
4-1
O
<


0)
6
3
rH
0

>-,
^3

cn
T3
•rH
rH
O
CO
4->
C
0)
o
S-l

s
t 1
0)
4-J
C
rH














S-l
at

>r-
f->
Oi






01
a.
>,
4J

O
•r
S-i
01
c
0)
o

in m m o O CM m
i in m co > 03 01
•H -H f 4J 0
S O 4-1 CO -H
< 0-t OI C CO
M iH 03 -H
>,>,3rH S-IT3 OOrH
XX?^^O>^S-i>^
OOrH CrH-ii OS-I
Q,O.O-HXiH C O
MWO-i>CJ
-------
amine-cured epoxies sold  in  the  state exceeded the required 55 percent
solids recommended by the  GARB and that 88 percent of the polyamide cured
epoxies either meet  or exceed  the 50  percent  solids  level.  According
to paint  manufacturers,   the  55  percent  solids  level  set  for  epoxy
coatings  (by GARB) can be achieved by the mid-eighties.
     Chlorinated rubber coatings have  gained  wide  acceptance  in  the
marine industry and according to the same aforementioned survey, 82,000
gallons of chlorinated rubber coatings were sold in 1976.  Approximately
90 percent  of  the coatings  meet the  proposed  35  percent  solids level
of the GARB rule.
     Polyurethane coatings,  with  their  high  gloss  and  durability,
are expected to meet the constraints of the GARB.
     Acrylic coatings  offer  excellent protection  against  chalking  and
discoloration because  of   their  resistance  to ultraviolet radiation.
The GARB did not  expand on solids information in this coating category.
     Of the vinyl  coatings,  approximately 45  percent  comply  with GARB
rule recommendations.  The  vinyl  coatings  are  used  primarily  by  the
Navy and  since the Navy paint  specifications  require  only a 20 percent
solids level, considerable effort on the part of the Navy would have to
be made  if  a rule  such  as  the  CARB's  were to  be put into  effect.
     At least  three  paint  manufacturers market   waterborne  inorganic
zinc primers which  meet   solids  levels  of the proposed  GARB  ruling^'.
     Table 15-2  presents  a  summary  of  marine coating  sales  and  the
resultant emissions in  California.   The proposed  rule of  the  GARB is
discussed in detail in the "Regulatory Status"  section  of this report.

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     The use of  low  solvent coatings  or  of high  performance  coatings
can achieve  emission  reductions  from  ship  painting.   The number  of
low solvent  coatings   which  would  be  suitable  for  ships  are  rather
                                     15-3

-------
        OS
        a
        fa
        CO
        2;
        O
        M
        CO
        CO
        M
        s
        w
                    cn -
                    C
                    O
                    •H •
                    cn  cn
                        C
                        O
                                                                                                 cn
                                                                                                 C
                                                                                                 o
                                                                                                       CN
CM
 I
CQ
        H

        S3
        CO
        W
        Q
                        CO
                        M
   o
                         cn
                         d)
                                        cn
                         co
                        CO
        CO
        w
        CO

        o
        o
        u

        w
        z
        M
        c*
                                                                                                              i-J
                                                                                                              CO
                                                                                                              0)
                                                                                                                                    cO
                                                                                                                                   TJ
                                                                                                                                   O
                                                                                                                                   m
                                                                                                                                   CN
                                                                                                                                    C
                                                                                                                                    o
         CO
                         0)
                         c.
                         ;>>
                        H
   l-i
   0)
   C
   0)
   CJ
                                                •a
                                                 0)
                           c3
                           C
 O

•H
N


 a
•H
 C!
 cO
 00
 CO
I—I
 5^
 C
                                                          0)
                                                          c
                                                          CO
0)
5-1
3
                         00


                        •H
                        rH

                         3
                         O
         C
         a)

        i—i
rH       O
 cfl      CO
 4-1
 O       5-)
 4J       CL)
•°      r£
 3      4J
CO      O
                                                                                                             •a
                                                                                                              a)
                                                                                                              cn
                                                                                                              CO
                                                                                                              CO
                                                                                                             -a
a
                                                                                                                                            
-------
limited.  However, according to the CARB, the very low solvent coatings
which were originally  formulated  for  such applications as tank linings
can be  used  on  other  areas  of  ships  with  a little modification.
     Emission reductions  can  also be  attained through the  use  of high
performance coatings,  even though  they  are  not  exceptionally  low in
solvent content.   Due  to  the  excellent  physical durability,  chemical
resistance, and extended coating life  of these high performance paints,
less frequent  recoating of  the  ship  is required,  thus resulting  in
reduced VOC emissions.
     By incorporating the  two control  strategies,  the use of low solvent
(high solids)  coatings,  and the use of high  performance coatings, the
total VOC emission  reduction in  California would be  to  over  3.5 tons
per day by 1985.
     Conventional coatings  are relatively  low in  solids   content  and
generally fail  in about  one year.   Examples  of these  types of  con-
ventional coatings  include  alkyds,  modified  alkyds,  phenolic,  and
resin-base coatings.  The  high  performance  coatings can  be  high or low
in solids content,  but  possess  coating  lives  at  least  twice as long as
those of conventional  coatings.   The  high performance  coatings  include
vinyls, chlorinated  rubbers,  modified  acrylics,  polyurethanes,  and
inorganic zincs.  Table  15-3  presents  both conventional and  high per-
formance coatings  with cost and  durability comparisons.   By  examining
this table, it  can be  seen that  though high  performance coatings are
more expensive  than their  conventional  counterparts,  the life  of  a
high performance  coating is sufficiently longer  to yield  greater cost
efficiency.
Availability of High Performance Coatings
     In preparation  for  the writing  of  this  rule,  the  CARB  surveyed
numerous coating  manufacturers  and found  that  they  all  manufactured
some coatings  which  would comply  with  the  proposed model  rule.  This
implys that no great economic  hardship  would be encountered  by paint
manufacturers as a result of air quality rulings.
                                    15-5

-------

































1
in
rH
W
J
ta
<3^
H

























































/-— s
^O
r-»
ON
rH
Cd
^

ta
CO
<£
pa
^
CO
w
H
CO
^~*
CO
CO
CJ
z
rH
H

O
CJ

rH
CO
fa
o

C/3
H
CO
o
CJ

rT"|
^
M
H

sg
CM
S
O
CJ






















VJ
4-1 ^.
cncM
O 4J
CJ UH
CU
<4H /— N
•H cfl
rJ rJ
M)s_/
C *
•H >>
4J CJ
CO C
O cfl
O
• cu
oo P.
> X
< w

4-1
o
CJCM
4-1
rH 4H
CO ~-~
4-1 
O
H

01
00
Cfl 4-1
rH Cfl
rH O
s


,_!
•H
•U 0

OCM
Uii
4-J
<4H


en
>, rH
|£S jg









en
4J
cfl
0
U








6
cu
4-1

C/3

M-H
0

CU
a.
>^
H



rH
CO
0








rH








rH
CO
O
•





en CO
en • P^
^ ^
rH rH
<* 
^H i— 1 rH
000




in o o
rH en en






CU

cfl
•H
•a

CO 0 rJ
O )H CU
o cu 6
Cu 4J -H
O C S-4
HMO,
CU CU 0)
-Q ,£5 -Q
-O o ^
333
SH S-l rJ

•a -a TJ
cu cu cu
cO cfl cfl
C fi C
•H -H t-l
rJ !-l rJ
000
rH rH rH
r^ pC -*-
a cj cj


•
SQ

rH

0








-*








en
CM
rH
•





rH O
en '•o
0 O





in in
rH rH
O O




0 0
CM ^t






CU
4-1
Cfl
•H
"O
4-1 0)
CO 0
O SJ
O CU
a 4J
o c
H M

CU CU
•0 -0
•H -H
0 0
cfl co
^"i P^
0 0
a a

^ ^
X X
o o
a a
W M


c
CJ






























CM
en
0





^o
rH
o




o
CM











J_j
HI
0
•H
J_j
a.

CU

•H
a
cfl
>,
J
O
a.

^
^
o
a.
w


































CO
-^-
0





S -C >H
C 00 O
•H vH C



•
fa






































































•
rH
C -H
o
CU
4-i a
CO C
O cu
0 r4
&. CU
O UH
H CU
•K Cd
15-6

-------
     In the following section,  the  status  of the regulatory activities

will be discussed concerning primarily the  CARB's  "Proposed  Model Rule

for the  Control of  Volatile  Organic  Compounds  from Marine  Coatings

Operations".


REGULATORY STATUS

     The GARB in June 1978 proposed a rule  entitled "Control of Volatile

Organic Compounds  from  Marine  Coatings   Operations",  which  read  as

follows:

    "1.  After January 1, 1982, no person  shall  offer for  sale  or sell
         for use in this  state or apply any  marine coating which contains
         more than 295 grams of volatile organic compounds per liter of
         coating, excluding water.

     2.  Until January 1,  1985,  the provisions  of  this rule  shall not
         apply to the sale or application of:

         a.  chlorinated rubber coatings containing less than 540 grams
             of volatile organic material  per  liter  of  coating,  exclu-
             ding water.

         b.  Vinyl coatings containing less than 540  grams of  volatile
             organic material  per  liter  of  coating, excluding  water.

         c.  Polyurethane  coatings  containing less  than  420 grams  of
             volatile organic material per  liter of coating,  excluding
             water.

         d.  Epoxy coatings containing less than 380  grams of  volatile
             organic material  per  liter  of  coating, excluding  water.

     3.  The provisions of this rule shall not apply to:

         a.  Antifouling coatings.

         b.  Wash primers.

         c.  Marine coatings sold in containers of  one gallon or less."

     This rule did not  advance  beyond the proposal stage since,  accor-

ding to a  representative  of GARB, the California  shipyard owners  made

a strong case  that  business would be  lost  to  out  of  state  shipyards.

The high performance, high solids coatings  are more expensive  than the
                                    15-7

-------
conventional paints and apparently ship owners do not see enough advan-
tage in using the more  expensive paints even though they possess greater
durability and have a longer potential life (as shown  in Table 15-3)2).
     A similar comment was obtained  from the South  Coast  Air Quality
District (SCAQMD,  Los  Angeles  Air Basin)-^).  A  staff member explained
that when the  GARB dropped all activity  concerning  the  marine coating
rule, the SCAQMD attempted to promulgate a similar regulation; however,
they also ran  up  against  some similar  obstacles.    Further,  the U.S.
Navy was not  prepared  to  accept the paint  limitations in the proposed
rule.
     There is  a  unique quality to  developing an  emissions regulation
for an industry such as ship  coating,  simply because the shipyards are
in certain  set  locations,  and   ships,   no  matter   where  registered,
are free to go from port to port and be painted at the most competitive
prices.  Ultimately, these shipyards in  areas with air quality regula-
tions requiring the  use  of high performance, high  solids paints could
be out  of business by competitors  whose  yards are in regions  with no
regulations.  The  GARB and the  SCAQMD feel  the regulation  should  be
applied at  the  federal level.  However,  since  some shipyards  are  in
attainment areas, and  shipowners  in  some  cases have  the  alternative  of
using foreign  yards,  the  effect  of   Control  Techniques  Guidelines
requirements would also be blunted.

REFERENCES
1.  California Air  Resources  Board,  Consideration of  a  Proposed Model
    Rule for  the   Control  of  Volatile  Organic  Compounds  from  Marine
    Coating Operations.
2.  Phone discussion with  staff member of  the  California Air Resources
    Board, February 1981.
3.  Phone discussion with  staff member  of the South  Coast  Air Quality
    Management District,  February  1981.
                                   15-S

-------
                                SECTION 16
                   SURFACE COATING OF WOOD FURNITURE

 PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
 General discussion
     The wood furniture  industry which includes the products listed in
 Table 16-1 is the second largest source  of VOC emissions among surface
 coating industries,  due  to  the use of very  high  volumes of low solids
 coatings.  Total  nationwide  volatile organic  compound (VOC) emissions
 for 1973 from coatings used  in this industry were 149,000 metric tons.
 In addition, approximately 83,000 metric  tons  of  miscellaneous organic
 solvents were used  for cleanup  and thinning.   Table  16-2 compares the
 emissions from  wood  furniture coatings which  comprise over 10 percent
 of all  industrial  coating emissions,  to  other industry  coating  cate-
 gories-^ .
     Table 16-1  gives the  structure  of  the wood  furniture industry.
 There are  six  SIC  codes  (Standard   Industrial  Classification,  U.S.
 Department of Commerce)  which  include  those companies  engaged  in the
 manufacture of  wood  furniture.   Table  16-3 presents the relative total
 number of establishments in each class.  Table 16-4 gives the number of
 wood household  furniture plants by EPA region^).
     All wood furniture  products are coated in a roughly  similar  way
 although furniture will usually receive a much more elaborate series of
 finishes during the coating process than kitchen cabinets.
     Wood furniture,  especially  household, is  generally categorized as
 being of three  levels of quality:  namely,  high  end,  medium  end,  and
 low end.   On  a per  unit basis,  the  relative  percentages  of each  of
 these quality levels  manufactured are  8,  28,  and  64  percent  respec-
 tively^).   The  quality of the  furniture  is  determined in part by  the
 number of coating operations  performed on the piece.   A low-end  piece
might typically undergo  from  three  to  six finishing  operations,  while
 a high-end piece  of  furniture  could require 15 or more  operations to
 obtain the desired finish.  This is  not universally true because  some
 of the  softer  woods  used  in   low-end  furniture  require  additional
 finishing steps  to achieve a satisfactory finish.
                                  16-1

-------
W
hJ
Pfl
<:
H
      I


      |


      CO
      H
      co
p
H
M
      P
      fa

      n
      o

      §
Number of Establishments^- Number of Etiployees^
Small Medium Large Total Small Medium Large Total



CO
4J
O
3
-o
O
u


M
a
CJ
•r-t
a.
>,
H






>,
14
u
M
3
•a
c
i— i


*a
p


u
tn
35
o"
I
en
^o
^o
n
n
— i
in
CN
.-4
m
r-t
00
fH
°'
ON
rN
.— I
r^.
*-T
in
<—*

C
•H
1 OJ -O


•H B
3 e
,0 >s O
LI O
4) O J-i
J3 4J .C

O eg a



en u co
OJ QJ "H U
C C J-i ^
.0 -a c o
fl 3 ca
u u >


c
OJ




1^ iH
£}
o c3

3

-c
fn
-
0
n
-a-
-*
-3-
i— t

4-t
0>


3


*
V
CO
a
o

o
J

*
•o



•o
F— t
o
jn
01
(0
3
S


"8
o
3


-H
m
CN



0)


U-l
o


m

CO
a
.c
u

X
^

u



41
u
3
w

C

3










CC

•H
^j


A
0}
01

T3
CO

U

CO
H
o
£>
cs
>H
<•
^3-
2


.•8
0) U
U OJ
3 -u
4J U
•H r-t
c o
L) _Z
3 C-








<•
CN
r>.
00
O
m
CN
-T
^o
iH
C^
CO
m
ts
r^.
CO
r^.
-H
r*.



OJ
H

"S
O


r*»
fH
m
EN


•o
CO
CO

OJ
c

.0
cC

0

tJ
CO

M
n
w
cO
ej
I
O
|
PH


CO
o

•o
CO
CC








o
OJ
Ll
QJ
4-J
OJ 00
c

,£ CO

CQ m
C a
o
00
c -a
•H C
3 CO

CO CO
M <]J
to c
D -H
W Xl
0! CO
CJ 0
(
J
« ai
"O *H
C j=
(0 O


a
CO tt
00 — >








u
4J
01
c
•H
4^
«
CJ

e
o

X
•H
QJ

OJ



CO
01
c
JD
O




CO
4J
D
C

.C
CO








CN
^O
rH
FH
•
-Sl U
CO

•fl 4)
Li
- 3
U 4-J
L| TH
^
m
•^
m"
m
t— t
CN
CN
-*
r*.
r^-
cn
CN
-H
in
50
0
CN



CO

Li
CO

3
u
(O
pH


a
OJ
JS
c
OJ
ffi

M
d
-H
TJ

•H
3
ca

o

JD
3
CM

!— (
m
m
CN



CJ
3

U


CO
Li 0)
OJ CO
JZ 0)
CJ CO


CD OJ
Li Li
OJ 3
•C *J
U -H
S £
fH 3
j3 14^


•a
0)
4-1 OJ
r3 1-
-( 3
0) 4-1
3C -H
C
•o n
C 3








                                                                                              CO
                                                                                              o
                                                                                                            ,    3
                                                                                                            a    o
                                                                                                           iH    C/!
                                                         16-2

-------
                               TABLE 16-2

                 VOC EMISSIONS FROM INDUSTRIAL COATINGS
   Industry
 Estimated Emissions
(1000 metric tons/yr.)
Wood Furniture

Large Appliances

Magnet Wire

Automobiles

Cans

Metal Coils

Paper

Fabric

Metal Furniture

Flat Wood Products

Other Metal Products

Others
                         TOTAL
         230

          42

          10

         140

         130

          30

         390

         100

          90

          84

         230

         310

       1,786
                                  16-3

-------
                              TABLE  16-3

                       WOOD FURNITURE CATEGORIES
                                                Percentage of
	SIC Code	Total Facilities*

2434 - Wood Kitchen Cabinets                         31

2511 - Wood Household Furniture,                     34
       Except Upholstered

2512 - Wood Household Furniture,                     23
       Upholstered

2517 - Wood Television, Radios,                      1
       Phonograph and Sewing
       Machine Cabinets

2521 - Wood Office Furniture                         4

2531 - Public Building and                         	7
       Related Furniture

                             TOTAL                 100
*Based on 5,477 establishments for the six SIC codes.
                                  16-4

-------
                 TABLE 16-4

WOOD HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE PLANTS BY EPA REGION
  (no data available for States not listed)

Region I
New Hampshire
Massachusetts
Connecticut
Region II
New York
New Jersey
Region III
Pennsylvania
Maryland
Virginia
Region IV
North Carolina
South Carolina
Tennessee
Kentucky
Mississippi
Alabama
Georgia
Florida
Region V
Ohio
Indiana
Michigan
Illinois
Wisconsin
Region VI
Texas
Louisiana
Arkansas
Oklahoma
Region VII
Iowa
Missouri
Region IX
California
Arizona
Region X
Washington
Oregon
Total Plants

19
90
21

258
69

107
16
55

153
20
81
28
28
59
92
165

51
75
62
81
26

81
13
38
21

10
33

369
22

34
31
Plants with 20 Employees
or More

13
29
5

59
18

43
4
42

103
9
26
8
10
18
30
28

18
43
31
31
16

23
2
18
4

5
14

111
5

10
9
                    16-5

-------
Processes

     The wood furniture finish is applied in series of steps.  There is
a great variety in the number and complexity  of  coating steps that may

be applied, but the basic ones and their purpose are as follows:

       Finish                             Purpose

     Body Stain             Gives color uniformity.  Develops wood
                            grain and character.

     Wash Coat              Seals wood surface; prevents subsequent
                            unwanted staining  from  filler  coat.  Stif-
                            fens the wood fiber for subsequent sanding.

     Filler                 Fills large pores of wood.

     Sealer                 Seals the wood for application of
                            subsequent coats.

     Glaze, shading         Small amounts of color coating that are
       stains, padding,     added to highlight and give character
       spatter              to the wood.  These are often hand wiped.

     Topcoat                Usually nitrocellulose lacquer.  Provides
                            clear, durable final  finish.

     Table 16-5 gives a typical wood furniture schedule.  Notice the
number of persons required to perform each step.  Wood furniture coating
is a  very labor-intensive  industry and  much of  the  labor force  is
unskilled.  This  dependency  on  large  amounts of  relatively unskilled
labor is one reason the furniture industry may have difficulty adopting
new technology.  Furniture finishing is  still something of  an  art  and
the techniques, equipment,  and  procedures  may vary  considerably  from
plant to plant.

     In larger  furniture  factories,  furniture pieces  are loaded  onto
a conveyor line.   Workers stationed  along the  line perform  specific
finishing operations as the  furniture  piece is carried by on  the  con-
veyor.  The various coatings  are  usually  applied  by air spray although

dip coating is sometimes used.  There is usually a separate spray booth
for each of the coating operations and typically one to three spray gun
                                   16-6

-------
                            TABLE 16-5




             TYPICAL WOOD FURNITURE FINISHING SCHEDULE
Operation
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

Operation
Name
Load
Spray uniform stain
Dry
Spray NCR stain
Dry
Spray washcoat
Dry
Sand lightly
Spray filler
Flash-off filler
Wipe filler
Dry
Spray sealer
Dry
Sand
Spray sealer
Dry
Sand
Spray glaze
Wipe and brush
Dry
Distress
Spray lacquer
Dry
Spray lacquer
Dry
Unload
Return to load
TOTAL
Operation Time
Allowed in Minutes
5
1.5
15
1.5
20
1.5
20
1.5
1.5
2
4
45
1.5
30
3
1.5
30
3
1.5
5
60
2
1.5
45
1.5
75
5
15
399
No. of Persons
Per Operation
1
2

2

2

4
2

8

2

7
2

7
2
13

4
2

2

1
l „
63
Source:   Technical paper, Society of Manufacturing Engineers,  MS  75-251
                               16-7

-------
operators are in each spray booth.  After the furniture piece is sprayed,
the conveyor carries  it  either to an oven  or  to  the next spray booth.
If the  piece  travels from  spray booth  to  spray  booth,  it air dries.
Sometimes there is an oven after  a  spray booth to give quicker drying.
The wood  cannot  be heated above  approximately 130°F, however, because
at higher temperatures the  natural  moisture in the  wood  may be driven
out and damage the coating.  (The actual oven temperature may be somewhat
higher than 130°F since the furniture piece does not remain  in the oven
very long.)  The oven is used mainly to flash-off and dry solvent since
the oven  temperature  is  not  hot enough to  bake  or  cure the coating.
Oven drying may  be  used after  any  of  the  coating  operations.   The
finishing step on which  ovens  are  actually  used  varies  widely  from
plant to  plant.   Sometimes  ovens are not turned  on  in the   summer when
the temperature in the finishing room is high.
     The coating operation may include various glazes,  shading stains,
wiping stains, and padding  stains which are usually added  between the
sealer and topcoat, but may be added elsewhere as there is a great deal
of variation in furniture  schedules.  These glazes  and shading stains
are usually sprayed on and then hand wiped to give a special appearance
to certain parts of the  furniture  such  as edges and corners.  The more
expensive pieces of  furniture  usually have  more of this hand-type rub-
bing work.  Hand wiping may also be used after other coating operations
such as application of the body stain.
     Types of Emissions
     As stated in Table 16-2, annual  VOC emissions  from wood furniture
coatings are  estimated  at  230,000  metric  tons per  year.   Individual
furniture factories vary  greatly  in size, but a moderately large factory
can emit  around 1300  kilograms of  solvent  per day  or  over 300 metric
tons per  year.  These emissions  are  almost totally  from  coatings  used
to finish the furniture.   The amount  of  solvent emissions from a piece
of furniture depends  on the  amount   of  each  type  of coating  used  as
well as its solvent content,   although this will vary, Table 16-6 gives
the approximate relative  emissions from different coatings in a coating
system for a  specific  line  of furniture.   Conventional coatings  often
                                    16-8

-------
                 TABLE 16-6

RELATIVE EMISSIONS FROM A TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL
           FURNITURE COATING SYSTEM
Finish
Stain
Washcoat
Wipe Stain
Sealer
Glaze
Fly Speck
Cowtail
Shade
1st Topcoat
2nd Topcoat

Ibs. VOC/1000 ft2
26
38
24
36
25
0
0
10
29
29
216
Percent
of Total
12
18
11
17
11
0
0
5
13
13
100%
                      16-9

-------
consist of nitrocellulose resins and organic solvents.  The approximate
solids content  of  furniture  coatings  are  given  in  Table  16-7.
     The stain  emissions listed  in  Table  16-6  are  from an  organic
solvent-borne stain.   There  are various  types of  stains; one  of the
most common  is  organic-borne  NCR  (nongrain  raising)  stain.    It  is
composed of  a  dye  in  an organic solvent.   it dries  rapidly  and does
not raise the  grain very much.  Waterborne stains  also  exist  and have
been used for many years.
     More solvent  comes  from the topcoat than from any  other  step in
the coating system.  Usually two or three coats of topcoat are applied.
More than 85 percent of  topcoats now  used  are nitrocellulose lacquers.
These have been  used  for over 30  years and  are well accepted  by the
industry.  Nitrocellulose  lacquer   has  many   desirable  properties  of
which one  of  the  most  important  is  the excellent appearance  of the
finish.
     About 15 percent  of topcoat materials are other synthetic  organic
resins such  as  urea  formaldehyde  and  catalyzed  urethane  finishes.
They are  very  durable  and   are  used  on  cheaper  furniture  and  on
institutional furniture where heavy use  is expected.
     The organic  solvent content  of  coatings  is the  main interest to
an air  pollution  control agency.   The  typical solvent  types  employed
in wood furniture coatings are:
                         Acetone
                         Acetates
                         Alcohols
                         Aromatic  hydrocarbons
                         Esthers
                         Glycol ethers
                         Ke tones
                         Mineral spirits
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
General Discussion
     Volatile organic  carbon emissions  from  wood  furniture  finishing
operations can be reduced by changes  in materials or processes,  and/or
by the application of add-on  emission control devices.  Material  changes
                                   16-10

-------
                    TABLE 16-7




APPROXIMATE SOLID CONTENT OF WOOD FURNITURE FINISHES









  Finish	Percent Solids by Volume




Body Stain                           1




Washcoat                             8




Filler                              40




Sealer                              14




Glaze                               24




Topcoat                             14
                        16-11

-------
involve reduction  in  the quantity  of VOC  components in  the  coating.
One approach  is  the use  of waterborne  coatings in  place of  organic
solvent-borne coatings.   Another  alternative  involves  increasing  the
solids/solvent ratio in the coating as applied.
     Operational changes  are directed  towards  reducing  the  quantity
of wasted  coating.   This is material which does not  actually  get ap-
plied to  the product  but,  for  example,   in  the  case   of  a  sprayed
coating, is  exhausted  from  the  booth to the atmosphere.   The  ratio of
coating adhering  to  the  substrate  to the  coating  used  is defined as
"transfer efficiency".
     Permanent or  add-on controls for  VOC  emissions  in  the  furniture
industry have  not  traditionally  been  used.    Incineration  would  be
the most  likely  approach and  could  be  considered  as technologically
feasible.
Waterborne Coatings
     Waterborne coatings  include  all those coatings  in  which all  or
most of the volatile (or non-solids)  portion of the formulation consists
of water instead of organic solvents.  Such coating materials  have been
manufactured for a number of years and are used on metal  products, par-
ticularly electrodeposited  prime  coats,  baked   pigmented  top  coats,
trade sales  for  painting  of wood,  and  especially  for  architectural
surfaces such  as  walls  and floors.   In the  case  of wood  furniture
manufacturing, coatings  have been  available  for  a  short  period  of
time.  In  1974,  the  Reliance  Chemical   Company displayed waterborne
coated furniture  at  the  Louisville  Furniture  Supply   Fair^'.    The
stain, sealer,  glaze,  and  clear  topcoat   were  entirely waterborne
formulations.  Other  paint   companies  have  also displayed waterborne
coated furniture at Louisville.
     Additionally, the  U.S.  EPA  sponsored a  display  of waterborne
coated wood  furniture  at  the Southern Furniture  Manufacturing  Associa-
tion show  in High  Point, North  Carolina  in 1979.  This  furniture  was
observed by  both manufacturers  and visitors.   There  was  no definitive
consensus on the visual  appearance  of the  furniture.  There were both
positive and  negative reactions,  as might be  expected  with  such  a
subjective rating factor as appearance.
                                    16-12

-------
     European companies  also  produce  waterborne  coatings  for  wood
furniture.  In 1976  a  Swedish company  introduced a  waterborne system
consisting of  stains  and lacquers  for  both  light  and dark  wood  sur-
faces 5).  This  company reports  that drying  times  are less  than  for
many conventional lacquers.
     There are a limited number of manufacturers who are using complete
waterborne coating systems for  furniture,  including case work and office
furniture manufacturers.  Some  use waterborne  topcoats,  while waterborne
body stains have been  used  in  the industry for several decades and are
fairly well established in the furniture industry.
     The topcoat is generally considered to be one of the more difficult
coats to formulate as a waterborne coating.  In part this is due to the
problem of achieving  the desirable  gloss,  clarity,  and  surface  sheen
with waterborne clear  topcoats as compared to the industry  standard of
solvent based  nitrocellulose  lacquers.    Also,  the  furniture  industry
produces a wide product mix ranging  from  simple box-like  cases through
open work chairs, to complex and ornate large cabinets and tables.   The
lack of a  standard  product  and the  subjectivity  in  judging acceptable
appearance probably are major  factors in  the  slow acceptance  of water-
borne coatings"'.
     Several recent articles in the trade literature discuss waterborne
coatings for wood furniture'»°>°).  These articles recognize that there
are problems,  but  take an optimistic view of the waterborne  coatings
for wood furniture.
     Below are  some  general comments on  the  characteristics  of water-
borne coatings  for  several properties  important  in  wood  furniture
coatings.
     1.  The  appearance  of  waterborne coatings  can  differ  in  some
         respects from  solvent-borne coatings  according  to  industry
         critics.  The most important differences relate to  gloss  and
         clarity.  Waterborne  finishes  can have less luster and  color
         depth.  The average person may  not  see these differences  as
         acutely as would a  furniture specialist.
                                   16-13

-------
2.  The repairability  of  coatings is reportedly not  as  good with
    waterbornes since  repair  coats  do  not  blend as  well  with
    previous waterborne coats.   Roughly  10 to 20  percent  of wood
    furniture must undergo refinishing at  the manufacturing site.
    Waterborne coatings can  be  repaired at  the  dealer  by using
    conventional solvent-borne touch-up coatings.   Roughly 10 per-
    cent of  furniture  which  reaches  the  dealer  has to  undergo
    repair due to abrasion of finish during shipping.
3.  Ease of  application  is  somewhat  controversial.  It  has been
    reported that "certain waterborne emulsions can be  formulated
    to air spray and dry  in  a manner virtually identical to con-
    ventional lacquers"').   Other coating  suppliers  have  stated
    that waterborne  coatings  do  not  dry  as  quickly as  solvent
    coatings.  At any  rate, dry tme does not  appear to  be a major
    problem.  Waterborne   stains   are  currently being applied  on
    conventional coating  lines.
    Another problem  is the  difficulty  with  which  the   paint  is
    applied.  Some furniture  manufacturers state  that  in experi-
    mental runs,  sprayers  have  more  difficulty  in  applying  the
    paint evenly and  have  more rejects.   This problem can probably
    be corrected as  the  spray gun  operators  get  more  experience
    with waterborne systems.
    Although waterborne coatings  are more  sensitive to  variations
    of humidity  and  temperature   during  application  than  conven-
    tional coatings,   they  are  known  to   be  applied   to  other
    substrates under  a  variety of these conditions.  High humidity
    is also a  problem  with  conventional  solvent   coatings  due  to
    solvent "blushing"  where  the  solvent  picks up  moisture  and
    causes a clear coating to turn white.
4.  Compatibility with previous   layers  of coating,  although  re-
    portedly not as good  as with  waterborne coatings,  is
    acceptable.
5.  Mar resistance or  "print  resistance" (resistance  to  blemishes
    caused by  pressure on the coated surface) is somewhat of  a
                              16-14

-------
         problem when  fast line  speeds  and minimum oven heat are used.
         Some furniture makers store pieces of furniture stacked on top
         of each other  in  the warehouse and are  afraid  this  will be a
         problem if waterborne coatings are used.
     6.  Water  and  alcohol resistance  are acceptable.   Although there
         is limited  field  data,  waterborne furniture appears  to be as
         tough as solvent coated  furniture in standing up to household
         wear.
     7.  Waterborne topcoats have more difficult polishing or "rubbing"
         characteristics than  nitrocellulose  topcoats.   New  rubbing
         techniques will have to be developed.
     In summary, according to  furniture  makers,  the main problems with
waterborne coatings  (especially  topcoats)  are  "clarity",  "rubbing"
characteristics, and print  resistance.   Also,  training  of workers to
apply the coatings may be a short-term problem.
     There are  several  operational aspects  relating  to  the  use  of
waterborne coatings that should be  recognized.   The most important are
given below.
     It is generally agreed  that flash-off  areas may have to be extended
to allow proper  flash-off  of the water.   Similarly, curing  ovens may
have to be modified  to  drive the water  out of  the  finish, potentially
increasing energy costs.   Additionally, there  could be  a requirement
for humidity control.
     Corrosion of the  bulk  storage  system can  occur with waterborne
finishes but  can be avoided  by replacing  lines, pump  materials,  and
spray gun fittings with  stainless  steel units  and by lining the inside
of storage vessels.   This will require additional capital expenditures.
Freezing of the waterborne finishes  is  also a major  concern since most
furniture manufacturers store their  conventional solvent-borne finishes
outdoors because of  fire  hazards.  Inside storage of waterborne finishes
may be required.  (Fire hazards are reduced with  waterborne finishes.)
                                  16-15

-------
     Emissions reduction  potential  by the  use of  waterborne coatings
can best  be  expressed as  a range.   Reductions  obtained in  the trial
program sponsored  by  EPA  ranged  from  26 to  94  percent.   Replacing
wash coat  and  sealer  with waterborne  substitutes resulted  in a  26
percent emission reduction,  while a  30  percent  reduction was obtained
by converting  color  coats  to  waterborne  and retaining  conventional
clear coats.   Totally  converted   finishes  yielded  up  to   94  percent
emission reduction.   Reductions  expressed as a   percentage  are,   of
course, sensitive to the original amount of VOC emissions from solvent-
borne systems.   In  the  case of  the EPA trials emission levels from the
standard systems used  ranged from  about 85  kg  per 100 m^  of  surface
covered to 160 kg per 100 m^.
Electrostatic Coating Application
     The conventional  method for  applying  surface  coatings  to  wood
furniture is with an air atomizing spray gun.   In most cases these guns
are hand-held.  The  transfer efficiency  with  these  systems  is  usually
less than 50  percent.   It  can be greater with large  solid  objects  and
can be considerably  less  with smaller items  such as  open work  chairs,
chair legs, spindles,  and  small panels.   This poor  transfer efficiency
is the result of both overspray and bounceback.
     Electrostatic coating  is  based upon  the principle  that  opposite
electrical charges  attract  each  other.   Since  the  atomized  coating
particles are  negatively  charged  by the  application device, the  ar-
ticle to  be  coated must be positively  charged or  grounded.   Transfer
efficiencies with  electrostatic equipment  typically  can be  improved
to 65 percent,  and  under  optimal conditions,   using  automated bell  and
disk systems  together  with conveyorized  parts,  can  reach  85  to  95
percent-^).
     Several types  of  atomizing  devices are  used  with  electrostatic
application systems.  These include rotating  disk and  bell  units where
atomization is produced by centrifugal forces, air atomizing hand guns,
and airless (hydraulic) spray  guns.  Disk  or bell  atomizers are most
often used  in automated  systems  where  the atomizer  is  mounted on  a
reciprocater which moves up and  down.  The parts  are held on a conveyor
                                    16-16

-------
which transports  them past  the  atomizer  in a  loop pattern.   As the
parts pass  along the  loop  they  are  rotated or  indexed  to  maximize
exposure to the spray pattern.
     As mentioned earlier,  the  objects to  be electrostatically coated
must be  positively  charged  or grounded.   Because  wood (particularly
when dry)  is  not conductive,  it must  be  treated  with  a  sensitizing
material.  These conductive  chemicals  are  applied in a very thin layer
by spraying, dipping, or  flow  coating.   The coating is transparent and
does not  interfere  with  or  detract  from  subsequent  coating  steps.
Following application of  the sensitizer, the object  to  be  coated must
be passed through a humidification booth or similar chamber where it is
exposed to  an atmosphere  of about  50  percent  relative humidity  for
approximately one minute-'--'-'.   Following this  treatment   objects  to  be
coated can  easily  be  grounded  if  they are  transported  through  the
coating process on  a metal  conveyor.   In  the situation  where  objects
are pallet-mounted  (generally  larger case  goods)  individually devised
grounding techniques must be utilized.
     A fairly modest improvement  in  transfer efficiency  can  result  in
significant reduction in  VOC  emissions.   As an example,  an improvement
from 40 to 60 percent in transfer  efficiency is equivalent to nearly 47
percent reduction in VOC emissions.
Add-On controls (Incineration)
     Incinerators have been rather widely used control VOC emissions  at
the point  of  discharge to  atmosphere.   In  most  such cases,  however,
they have  been  used in  conjunction  with  unmanned  operations  such  as
gasoline storage  and transfer,  asphalt  air  blowing,   can  and  coil
coating, automotive  surface  coating, and resin cooking  where  VOC con-
centrations are fairly high.  In the case  of  fume incinerators  serving
baking or  drying  ovens,  heat recovery  has been  successfully  applied.
Considering the  cost  of  fuel,  other  opportunities for  heat  recovery
are constantly being explored.  In principle,  fume  incineration should
be technologically  feasible  for  destruction of   VOC  emissions  from
furniture coating  as  the  actual  design  of  hooding,   ducting,  and
incinerators does not require new  design principles.
                                   16-17

-------
     At the present  tine  there are no known  fume  incinerators  used in
conjunction with wood  furniture coating  in the United  States.   Cost,
absence of  regulations,  and  safety  considerations  have a  bearing in
this situation.  A  substantial portion of  the  VOC  emissions from wood
furniture coating arises from manual spraying operations where ventila-
tion rates must meet OSHA  standards.   This  generally results in rather
dilute VOC  concentrations  in the  spray  booth exhaust  and  therefore a
relatively larger volume of  exhaust  air  per unit  of VOC emissions than
in many systems  where  fume incinerators  are  used.   Also,  there  can be
relatively large nuiaers of potential emissions points per plant because
of the multiple  operations  performed.   While  these sources  could be
manifolded together, there has  been  concern  in the  industry about the
fire risk  from overspray  deposits  of  highly flammable nitrocellulose
resins in long exhaust ducts.
     It is  possible  that  incinerators  could  be   selectively  applied
as part  of an  overall control  strategy using  some of  the following
criteria:
     1.  Apply incinerators  only to  fairly high concentration  streams
         such as drying ovens, flash-off areas, or automated booths.
     2.  Avoid nitrocellulose  buildup  problems  by  either (a) restrict-
         ing application  to   non-spray  booth uses,  or  (b)  removing
         particulate nitrocellulose  with filters  or water  wash  prior
         to entry into ductwork.
     3.  Use  fire  control   systems  such as  water  deluge,  inert  gas
         blanketing, etc.
     Where incinerators are  used,  control efficiencies  of  at  least 90
percent can be attained  on VOC emissions reaching  the  incinerator.

STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES
     Existing rules  and  regulations  at  the  state  and  local level  are
all generic rather than being directed specifically  at  surface  coating
of wood  furniture.   An  example is  Rule 442 of  the  South Coast  Air
Quality Management District,  California,  covering the usage of solvents.
                                  16-18

-------
This rule  generally  restricts  solvent  emissions by  requiring  an 85
percent reduction in emissions or by limiting daily and/or hourly emis-
sion rates.  The general limitation for emission of non-photochemically
reactive solvents  is  272  kilograms  (600 pounds)  per  day,  effective
December 1, 1980.  Organic materials which come into contact with flame
or are baked, heat  cured,  or polymerized are  limited  to 6.5 kilograms
(14.3 pounds) per day.   Emissions  of  photochemically reactive solvents
are limited  to  14 kilograms  (3.1  pounds) per  hour,  not  to  exceed 18
kilograms (39.6 pounds)  per day.   Information  obtained from a District
spokesman indicates that none of the  wood furniture  coating operations
within their jurisdiction have elected to  use add-on controls to achieve
compliance with the  rule^-2).   Instead, they operate  within the hourly
and daily limits  on  emissions by  limiting  solvent use  and  by solvent
substitution (for photochemically  reactive solvents  originally used).
At least one  plant  manufacturing chairs  has made  a  partial conversion
to waterborne coatings.   Under  the agenda of  the California Suggested
Control Measures  Committee,   the   South   Coast  Air  Quality  Management
District is  taking  the  lead  to  develop  a Model  Rule  for  the Surface
Coating of  Wood Furniture.   This  rule  may  be considered  during  the
year 1981.   At  the present  time  emphasis is  on developing  a  rule to
require improved transfer  efficiency  such as with airless  or electro-
static spray equipmnt.   However,  a decision  on  the exact  content or
numerical standards has not yet been reached^).
     A major  consideration will be  the  form  of an  industry specific
rule.  Most rules applying to other industries  have  been based upon an
equivalent limit  on  organic  solvents  per  quantity  of coating  (less
water) as applied.   This  is a possibility  for  the wood furniture coating
industry, but there  is  great  variability  in  the number  of  coatings
applied and  the  solvent  content of  the  these  coatings  depending  upon
the type of  product  and  the  manufacturer.  A more uniform  limit  could
be based upon the amount of VOC emissions emitted per unit  area coated,
such as kilograms VOC per 100 m^ of  surface coated.  This  latter approach
would probably  involve a more involved compliance checking procedure.
                                  16-19

-------
 REFERENCES

 1.  Control Techniques  for Volatile  Organic  Emissions from  Stationary
     Sources, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, May  1978.   EPA-450/2-
     78-002.

 2.  1972  Census  of  Manufacturers,  Wood  Household  Furniture,  U.S.
     Department of Commerce, February 1974.

 3.  Control Technique  Guidelines for  the Control  of  Volatile Organic
     Emissions from  Wood Furniture  Coating,  Draft,  U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency,  OAQPS,  ESED,  RTF, North Carolina,  April 1979.

 4.  Connelly,  Herbert H.,  "What's New in  Furniture  Finishing?," Furni-
     ture Design and Manufacturing, April  1976, page 14.

 5.  "Water or Solvent  in Wood Stains and Lacquers,"  Pigment and Resin
     Technology,  March 1978, page 20.

 6.  Personal  conversation  between  R.  J.  Bryan,  Engineering-Science,
     Inc., and Merrill  Evans,  Lilly  Industrial   Coatings,  Montebello,
     California,  Dec. 4, 1980.

 7.  "Waterborne  Furniture   Coatings,"  Finishing  Highlights,  Jan./Feb.
     1978, page 22.

 8.  Ocko, B., "Fast  Air Dry Acqueous  Systems Answer End-Use  Concerns,"
     Modern Pain  and Coatings, March 1977.

 9.  "An  Exception to  the  Rule," Wood and  Wood Products,  Feb.  1980.

10.  "Electrostatic — A Dark Horse in Finishing Alternatives," Wood and
     Wood Products, Feb. 1980, page 25.

11.  Information  from  Randsburg  Electrostatic Equipment,  Division  of
     Randsburg Corp., Indianapolis, Indiana.

12.  Personal  communication between  R.  J.  Bryan,  Engineering-Science,
     Inc., and  A.  Wilson,  South Coast  Air Quality  Management District,
     Dec. 1, 1980.

13.  Personal  communication between  R. J.  Bryan,  Engineering-Science,
     Inc., and  A.  Rawulka,  South  Coast Air Quality Management District,
     March 16,  1981.
                                    16-20

-------
                               SECTION 17
                    WASTE SOLVENT RECOVERY INDUSTRY

     Organic solvents used by industries for extractions, for cleaning,
and as chemical mediums  or  intermediates are available as halogenated,
aliphatic, and  aromatic  hydrocarbons;  as  alcohols,  esters,  glycol
ethers, ketones,  and nitroparaffins;  and  as  miscellaneous  compounds
such as  tetrahydrofuran.   These classifications  include methyl  ethyl
ketone, benzene, perchloroethylene, and isopropanol.
     A solvent  not  consumed  during  industrial  use  usually  becomes
contaminated and unacceptable for further use.   A reclaimed solvent can
be reused for  its  original purpose or  for  different  industrial needs.
Reclaiming waste  solvents  has gained  importance  because the  costs  of
these petroleum derivatives  are dependent  on  the  cost  of  crude  oil.
Furthermore, the  rising  costs  of  virgin  solvents  and  waste  solvent
disposal have  provided  incentives   for  industries  to recover  solvents
for reuse.*•'

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     The waste solvent recovery industry is composed primarily of  small
plants using straightforward  chemical-processing  technology.  Typical-
ly, a single plant has an analytical laboratory,  a distillation device,
and storage  tanks.   The  usual  flow  through  the  plant  follows  the
diagram in Figure  17-1:   the solvent-bearing material entering the  plant
is analyzed in the lab, pumped into  cone-bottom  separation  tanks  where
heavy solids and water settle out,  and put  through a flash distillation
device which is  typically a  thin-film  evaporator.   For most  plants,
this is the end of the recovery process.
     The composition   of  materials  handled varies  widely  in  vapor
pressure and type  of  solvent.  A list  of solvents  most  frequently
recovered appears   in Table  17-1.   This clean  solvent-blend  product
usually goes to storage  for later sale or for return to  the  contracting
company, and the  sludge is  disposed  of  by sending  it  either to  an
incinerator or to  a landfill.
                                   17-1

-------
                                                            FIGURE 17-1
SIMPLIFIED FLOW PATTERN THROUGH TYPICAL SOLVENT RECOVERY PLANT
                             17-2

-------
                               TABLE 17-1

                       TYPICAL SOLVENTS RECOVERED
      Solvent
Vapor Pressure PSIA @ 68°F
Halogenated Hydrocarbons

  Carbon tetrachloride
  Fluorocarbons
  Methylene chloride
  Perchloroethylene
  Trichloroethylene
  1,1,1-Trichloroethane

Hydrocarbons

  Hexane
  Benzene
  Toluene
  Xylene
  Cyclohexane
  Ethers
  Mineral spirits
  Napthas

Ketones

  Acetone
  Methyl ethyl ketone
  Methyl isobutyl ketone
  Cyclohexanone

Alcohols

  Methanol
  Ethanol
  Isopropanol
  Butyl alcohol
  Ainyl alcohol

Esters

  Amyl, butyl, ethyl acetates
            1.5

            6.8
            0.2
            0.9
            1.6
            1.9
            4.4
            0.3
            0.1
            1.5
            7.0

            1.3
            2.9
            1.2
            0.2
            9.4
            1.5
            0.9
            0.5
            0.2
                                     17-3

-------
     Sone large  plants are  capable  of separating  the  clean  solvent
blend into  two  or more  components,  usually  by using  a fractionating
column with a center-feed  and with overhead and bottom-product takeoffs.
Plants with  high-technology recyclers  have  large multistage  columns
capable of  reclaiming  solvents with  a  high  degree of  purity,  but the
throughput of these plants is usually limited to a specific industry.
     Storage tanks are the  largest  source  of  emissions.   Typically,
plants have  a  relatively  large number  of small  tanks, ranging  from
1000 to  20,000  gallons;  many   have  a  few tanks  outside  this  range.
Most tanks  are  fixed  roof,  straight  sided,  and erected  vertically
above ground; however,  some horizontal tanks  are  in use primarily as
receivers.
     Emissions from storage tanks are from working losses and breathing
losses.  Working loss  emissions come from  filling an  empty  tank  with
material that pushes  the  organic  vapors  within the tank  out  through
vents or  open  hatches to  the   ambient  air.   If a residue  remains in
a tank after previous unloading, concentrations of VOC's are often near
saturation.  Breathing loss  emissions come from an  inactive partially
filled tank  being  exposed to  temperature  differences  between day and
night; as the tank heats up, inactivity allows the material to saturate
the air  with vapor,  so  the  saturated  air  expands  and vents  to the
ambient air.2)
     Other points of  emissions  are fugitive sources such as pump seals,
valves, flanges, and  spills.   Spills occur  when  connections are un-
coupled and  opened because residual material  remains at  the  coupling.
Other spills are due  to  line ruptures,  tank  overflowing,  and plugged-
line repairs.
     The amount  of emissions  from waste  solvent  recovery plants  is
small.  Emissions  for  a  large  plant  with  an  annual throughput  of 2.5
million gallons are less  than  60 tons per year.   Emission  factors for
solvent-recycling facilities are in Table  17-2.
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY AND ASSOCIATED COSTS
     Few control options  are available to  recyclers.   For  control  of
emissions from storage  tanks,  an internal  floating roof  with  primary
                                    17-4

-------
CN
 I
w
pa
H





















Z
M
2
h- 1
rl
0
S
H
Z
u
0
cn
o
cn
&
O
H
QJ
• CN
rH CO rH <5 •<
. • 0 Z Z
0 O 0
o
o
















X~V
CN
-^
•
rH
1
O CN -*
CN r^. CN <; <;
• • O Z Z
o o o
o
•
o
\^/














cn cn cn cn
a o o o
•H -H -H -H
d d c c
cfl cfl CO cfl
60 00 OO OO
J-i j_i j^ j_i
o o o o

cu cu cu cu
i— 1 rH rH i— I
•H -H -H -H
4-14-1 4-14-1
Cfl CO CO Cfl
rH rH rH rH
O O O O
*> ^* ^> P*
















cn
01
a
s_i
CU 3
60 00 O
cfl C cn
rH -H Cn
rH -O ^ C
•H CO Cfl CU
Cu O 0) O-
cn >«4 >J o

UH
o

cu
o
•H
>4H
O
o
rH
1
rH
CO
4-1
C
cu
e
CU
i-H
G.
0,
3
CO

00
d
•tH
-O
3
rH
o
C
•H

*i
d
o
•iH
4-1
•H
*rj
CU

•a
(-4
CO
M
cn
j-i
0
4-1
O
cfl
fa

d
O
•H
CO
CO
•H
£
P-

4-1
C
CO
4-1
3
i — i
rH
O
P-l

S-I
•r-l

4n
O

C
0) O
[ ,— J
r^ *n
r*i 4-1
CO cfl
rH rH
•H -H
Cfl D,
> 6
^ cS
4-1
0
Z
cu
1 0
S-4
< 3
Z 0
-jc cn

4-1
O
z

M
^
S-i
cfl
P-i
cu
rH
c°
CO
•H
H

f.
O
^_j
CO
CU
CO
0)


M
cn
•a

cfl
•o
d
CO
4-1
CO

-a
d
CO

60
d
•iH
d
d
cfl
rH
P-l
^
iH
rH
CO
3
o-

j_i
•H
<£

U-l
O

0)
o
•H
MH •
I ^ j ^*
O r~>

« rH
4-1
d *->
01 CO
e 3
cu to
00 3
CO <
d
S fN
CU 1
4-1 O-<
cn 
-------
seals is  available,  but  it  would  require fairly  expensive  retrofits
of all  existing  vertical-side  tanks.   Capital costs  would start  at
$24,000 per tank, and increase with size.  At $1.2 million per inegagram
($1.1 million per ton)  of emissions-*), this  option would not  be cost
effective.
     Emissions from fugitive  sources  are  best controlled by monitoring
and maintenance.   This  option would require  two workers  to  go  through
the plant periodically  with  a portable hydrocarbon detection device to
determine if  there  are leaks,  and  if  so,  where and  how much.   At a
designated cut-off  level, the  offending  component  would  either  be
repaired or replaced.   Although not as expensive as the tank retrofit,
there would be large  expenditures  required for two detectors,  one for
use and one spare;  two  workers for proper monitoring;  an inventory of
spare parts and  replacement  equipment;  and an allotment  of  labor time
for indicated repairs.  The  overall cost  effectiveness  would  be about
$2000 per megagram ($1818 per ton) of emissions.^)

REGULATORY STATUS
     Currently,  no  air  pollution regulations exist that  specifically
pertain to the waste solvent  recovery industry.  There  are many general
VOC emission rules that may apply to specific processes.

REFERENCES
1.  Source Assessment:  Reclaiming of Waste Solvents,  State-of-the-Art,
    Environmental Protection  Technology  Series,  Industrial  Environmen-
    tal Research  Laboratory,  Cincinnati, Ohio, EPA-600/2-78-004f,
    April 1978.
2.  Compilation of Air  Pollutant Emission Factors,  3rd edition, Inclu-
    ding supplements 1-10, Office  of Air and Waste Management,  Office
    of Air  Quality  Planning  and  Standards,   Research  Triangle  Park,
    North Carolina,  AP-42, August 1977.
3.  Personal correspondence  to  Lawrence Lloyd (ES)  from  Rebecca Sommer
    (GCA).
4.  Synthetic  Organic  Chemical Manufacturing Industry,  draft  chapters
    2, 3, and  5   from  Fred   Porter  of  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
    Agency,  Environmental  Standards  and Engineering  Division,  August 28
    and 29,  and October 28, 1980.
                                  17-6

-------
                               SECTION 18
                               WINE MAKING

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     Wine is made by the controlled  fermentation of  the  juice of certain
fruits, chiefly  grapes.  During  the  fermentation  the  natural  sugar
content of  the  fruit  is converted  into  ethanol   by  the reaction:
               C6H12°2           2C2H5OH           + 2C02
               (sugar)          (ethanol)
This process takes  place  in the presence  of  specially  cultured yeast.
     The final alcohol content  of natural  wines ranges  from about 7 to
14 percent, depending upon the original sugar content of the grapes.  A
typical sugar content is about 20 percent.   Theoretically, the yield of
ethanol should be 51.1 percent by weight of  the initial sugar content.
The actual yield is found to be around 47 percent.   The remaining sugar
is lost as alcohol or byproducts of  complex  chemical mechanisms,  or it
remains in  the  wine as  the  result  of   incomplete  fermentation.
     While the basic  elements of wine making appear to  be  relatively
simple and straightforward, there are  significant  numbers  of  variables
which are  closely controlled  by modern wineries, depending  upon  the
type of wine being produced.  A number of these variables influence the
quantity of alcohol  which  could  possibly  be  lost to  the  atmosphere.
Among the most important are:
     (1)  Initial Sugar Content of  Fermenting Material -  As  seen  from
          the chemical  equation  for alcohol  fermentation from  sugar,
          the theoretical alcohol content  of the  wine  varies  directly
          with the amount of sugar  present.  Furthermore, the amount of
          gaseous carbon  dioxide  formed  also  increases  with  sugar
          content.  Increases  in  alcohol  content  and  rate  of  carbon
          dioxide evolution  both increase  the potential  for  alcohol
          loss to atmosphere.
                                    18-1

-------
     (2)  Nature of Fermentation Material -  Red  wine is fermented from
          crushed black or red  grapes  where  of all the solid material,
          only a portion  of  the  stems  are  removed.   This  mixture  of
          skins, pulp, other solids, and juice is termed "must".  White
          wine is  fermented  from  juice  extracted  from  crushed  or
          macerated grapes.  Limited testing  by  wine manufacturers and
          research organizations  have   shown  slightly  higher  alcohol
          losses from must  as  compared  to  juice  fermentation-"-).  the
          reason for this is not known.
     (3)  Temperature of Fermentation  -  Wine  is  fermented at tempera-
          tures ranging  from  about 11°C  to  30°C.   White  wines  are
          fermented at the  lower  temperature  ranges,   while  red  wines
          are fermented  at  higher  temperatures.    Heat  is  generated
          during the fermentation which  must  be  removed through use  of
          cooling coils.   Both  laboratory and  wine cellar fermentation
          tests have  shown higher  alcohol  losses at higher fermenta-
          tion temperatures.   Figures  18-1  and  18-2  demonstrate this
          relationship for controlled laboratory fermentations.
     (4)  Agitation  -  During  fermentation the  fermenting mixture  is
          internally mixed  or  air  blown under  certain circumstances.
          Limited testing shows instantaneous  increases in alcohol los
          during and immediately following such agitation-"-).
     When the fermentation is complete, the wine  goes through a finish-
ing process  for  clarification.   Common  clarification procedures  are
filtration, fining refrigeration,  pasteurization,  and  aging.   The wine
is then  bottled,  corked  or  capped,   labeled, and  cased.  Little  is
known about the loss of  alcohol during the post-fermentation  stages  of
wine production.
     Emission estimates of  typical  alcohol  losses during  fermentation
have been made as a result of limited laboratory scale and field testing.
These losses have been expressed in terms  of  the  fraction of the  total
theoretical alcohol available  and  as  an emission factor  in terms  of
                                    18-2

-------
                                                   FIGURES  18-1 &  18-2
           FIGURE 18-1
                RATE Of LOSS

            —»—  REDUCING SUCJR
       20 JO «0 50 6070"
         HOURS
         Rate of loss of alcohol  entrained
in carbon dioxide during stirred laboratory
scale fermentation with temperature main-
tained at 34°C.
           FIGURE 18-2
   0 lo !0  30 «0 50 60  70 80 90 100 »0 UO 130
                 KOUBS

         Rate of loss of alcohol entrained
in carbon  dioxide during  stirred laboratory
scale fermentation  with temperature main-
tained at 2 I °C.
             18-3
ENGINEERING-SCIENCE

-------
weight of alcohol lost per unit volume of fermenting material.  Zimmer-
man, et  all),  reports  alcohol losses  ranging  from  about 0.1  to  1.5
percent of total alcohol  available.   The  smaller losses  are associated
with low  fermentation  temperatures (5  to 10°C)  and  a lower  range  of
initial sugar  content  (10  to  20 percent  by  weight  of  fermenting
material).
     Emission factors reported in  AP-42^) are given  in  terms of grams
of alcohol  lost  per kiloliter of  fermentation  material  and  lb./l,000
gals.  Typical  losses   for  white  wine  are  given  as 125 g/kl  (1.06
lb./l,000 gals.) at  11.1°C (52°F) to  574 g/kl  (4.79 lb./l,000  gals.)
at 26.7°C (80°F) and  20 percent  initial  sugar content.    For  red  wine
fermented from must, a supplemental factor of  288 g/kl (2.4 lbs./l,000
gals.) is  added  to  the higher  temperature  figure.   In  addition,  an
empirical equation  is  given  to  calculate  emission  factors   at  other
conditions.  This equation is:
     EF =  [0.136T  -  5.91]  +  [(B - 20.4) (T - 15.21)  (0.00685)]  + [C]
where
     EF =  emission factor,  pounds  of  ethanol  lost  per  1,000  gals.
          of wine made
     T  = fermentation temperature, °F
     B  = initial sugar content,  °Brix (percent by weight)
     C  = correction term,  0 (zero)   for  white wine  or  2.4 lbs./l,000
          gals, for red wine
A loss of 8.9 lbs./l,000 gals,  is equivalent to a  loss of  1 percent of
total alcohol  available.   Thus the loss  levels  given by  Zimmerman  in
percent terms are reasonably consistent with the emission factors given
in AP-42.

CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     There are no regularly used commercial  control devices applied  in
the wine industry to reduce alcohol losses as these losses are generally
                                    18-4

-------
under 1 percent of the total alcohol produced, and presumably there has
not been a sufficient economic incentive to do so.  There has been some
experimentation with control devices including scrubbers.  No efficiency
data were reported but alcohol recovery by the control apparatus in two
different studies-^»^'  was  found  to be  about 1  percent of  the  total
alcohol produced.   Since  this is equivalent  to the  higher  loss levels
reported, it  would  appear  that  the control  devices were  reasonably
efficient.
     Conceivably, refrigeration,  adsorption,  or  absorption  (scrubber)
type control devices could be used to capture alcohol emissions.  These
devices, to  be  fully effective,  would  have  to  provide  a means  of re-
covering and  utilizing the  alcohol collected.   Further, the  alcohol
loss shows a rather sharp  peak rate  at about the middle of the fermenta-
tion period and is  associated  with significant carbon dioxide  evolution.
This would present a problem in design capacity of any proposed control
system.  If designed for  peak rate  of emissions,  the capacity might be
utilized for only a  relatively  small portion  of  the total fermentation
period.  Because there are no commercially used controls, control costs
cannot be directly estimated.  However,  the scale of any such equipment
can be  roughly  estimated.   Because most of the  alcohol  losses  are
associated with the active evolution of  carbon dioxide during fermenta-
tion, any  control  equipment  would  have  to  be  sized  to  handle  the
volumetric flow rate  C02»  The  fermentation reaction  shows  that  there
is about 49  Ibs.  of C02  evolved  per 100 Ibs. of sugar  used.   This is
                                o
equivalent to  roughly  7,500  ft  of  CC^  evolved  per  1,000 gals,  of
fermenting material  (20  percent  initial  sugar  content).  If  the  fer-
mentation takes  250 hours,  the  C02 is   evolved  at  an average  rate
of 30  ft^  per  hour.   As  seen by the laboratory experiments,  the  peak
rate may  be  several  times  the  average  rate.  For  a peak rate  three
tmes the average  rate and  a  10,000 gal.  fermentation tank,  the  peak
                                           3
C02 evolution  rate  would  be  about  15   ft  per  minute.  The  ethanol
content would  be about   1  percent   of  this  flow.    Compared  to  many
industrial pollution  sources,  this   is  a very low  volumetric  rate  of
gas discharge.
                                    18-5

-------
STATUS OF REGULATORY ACTIVITIES

     Currently there  are  no  regulations   covering  the  discharge  of
ethanol to the  atmosphere from  wine  making.   A  joint  study currently

is being  conducted of  possible  ethanol  losses  from wineries  by the
Fresno County,  California,  Air  Pollution  Control  District and the

California Air  Resources  Board  (GARB).  Additional source testing and
evaluation of  control  technologies  are   covered  in  the  study  plan.

Depending upon the  results  of the study,  it  is  possible that the GARB
will propose a model rule.


REFERENCES

1.  "Alcohol Losses  from Entrainment in Carbon  Dioxide Evolved During
    Fermentation," H.  W.  Zimmerman,  E. A.  Rossi,  Jr., and  E.  Wick,
    American Journal of Enology, JL5:63-68,  1964.

2.  "Compilation of Air  Pollutant  Emission Factors, AP-42,"  Supplement
    10, 6.5.2-1,  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency,  February  1980.

3.  "The  Recovery  of Alcohol  Carried  Away by the  Carbonic Gas During
    the Alcoholic  Fermentation and Refrigeration of the  Vintage,"  E.
    Negre and M. Marichal,  Prog. Agr.  et  Vitic., 133:250-257, 281-291,
    307-313, 358-361, Montpellier, France,  1950.

4.  "Alcohol  Losses  During  Fermentation   of  Grape Juice in  Closed
    Fermenters," H.  Warkentin and  M.  S.  Nury,  Am. J.  Ecol.   Vitic.,
    14:68-74, 1963.
                                  18-6

-------
                                  SECTION 19
                       STYRENE-BUTADIENE COPOLYMER LATEX

PROCESSES AND EMISSIONS
     This chapter discusses the processes used in the manufacture of
styrene-butadiene latex and the sources of volatile organic compound (VOC)
emissions from these processes.  The applicable emission control techniques
are discussed, and a review of the air pollution regulations applicable to
styrene-butadiene latex manufacturing is presented.  Styrene-butadiene latex
is defined as any latex polymer in which styrene and butadiene together
comprise more than 85 percent by weight of the reacted monomer content, and
butadiene alone comprises more than 15 percent by weight of the reacted
monomer content.  This definition would not cover polymers such as ABS
(acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene), in which all three monomers are present as
a significant fraction of the total, but would cover latexes of styrene and
butadiene which are modified with small amounts of vinylpyridine, acrylic
acids, or other monomers.
     Copolymers of styrene and butadiene can be made by a solution polymerization
process or by an emulsion polymerization process.  The solution polymerization
products are sold as solid thermoplastic elastomers.  The emulsion polymeri-
zation products can be sold in either a solid form, known as crumb, or in a
liquid form, known as latex.  The crumb product is used extensively in the
manufacture of rubber tires, and has an average styrene content of 23.5 percent
by weight.   The latex products have a wide variety of uses, depending on the
styrene content of a particular grade.  The rubbery types of approximately
23 percent styrene are used for dipped goods, carpet underlay, adhesives, and
moldings.  Small quantities of vinylpyridine monomer may be added if the latex
is to be used for dipping tire cords.  The high styrene latexes, ranging from
46 to 85 percent styrene, are used for paper coatings, paints, carpet backsizing,
and adhesives.  Small quantities of a carboxylic monomer, such as acrylic
acid, are sometimes added to provide a "self-curing" material for use in
carpet backsizing.  Table 19-1 lists the U.S. producers of styrene-butadiene
latex, the plant locations, and the capacities.
                                     19-1

-------
      TABLE 19-1.   DOMESTIC PRODUCERS  OF STYRENE-BUTADIENE  LATEX
                                                                2,3
      Company
      Plant
    location
 Annual
capacity
(103 Mg)
Dow Chemical  Company
Bayport, TX
Dal ton, GA
Gales Ferry, CT
Midland, MI
Pittsburg, CA
                                                                    20
Firestone Plastics Company
General Tire and Rubber Company
BF Goodrich Company
Goodyear Tire and Rubber Company
W.R. Grace and Company
Reichhold Chemicals, Inc.
Rubber Research Elastomers
Polysar Resins, Inc.
Union Oil Company of California
U.S. Steel Corporation
Pottstown, PA
Mogadore, OH
Louisville, KY
Calhoun, GA
Owensboro, KY
South Acton, MA
Cheswold, DE
Kensington, GA
Minneapolis, MN
Chattanooga, TN
Chattanooga, TN
Beaver Valley, PA
Charlotte, NC
La Mirada, CA
Scotts Bluff, LA
4
47
NAa
NAa
7
7
20
25
NAa
30
30
20
8
9
NAa
aNA = not available.
                                    19-2

-------
Process
     As shown in the general flow diagram depicted in Figure 19-1, fresh
styrene and butadiene are piped separately to the manufacturing plant from the
storage area.  The butadiene stream is passed through a caustic soda scrubber
to remove any inhibitors that have been added to prevent premature polymerization
during shipment and storage.  Soap solution, activator, catalyst, and modifier
are added to the monomer mixture prior to entering the polymerization reactor
train.  The soap solution is generally a mixture of a rosin acid soap and a
fatty acid soap used to maintain the monomers in an aqueous emulsion state.
The activator is usually a hydroperoxide or a peroxysulfate which initiates
the polymerization reaction by supplying free radicals.  The catalyst assists
in generating the free radicals more rapidly and at lower temperatures than is
possible with thermal decomposition of the activator alone.  The modifier is
an additive used to adjust the chain length and molecular weight distribution
of the product during polymerization.
     Most emulsion latex polymerization is done in a batch process, rather
than continuously.   The batch reaction is normally carried out at 50 C
(122 F) , and is taken essentially to completion (97 to 99 percent conversion).
As a result, the recovery of unreacted monomers is not economical and the
process is directed towards maximum conversion on a once-through basis.  Some
latex manufacturers (approximately 15 percent ) use the "cold" polymerization
process, which operates at 4 C (40 F).  The degree of conversion of monomers
to copolymer for the cold process is less than for the hot process, so recovery
and recycle of unreacted monomers is used in cold process latex plants.  Also,
some crumb plants produce small amounts of latex as an end product using the
cold polymerization process.  The discussion that follows is for the more
predominant hot process.
     Completion of the polymerization process requires from 6 to 24 hours.
The latex is sent to a blowdown tank where, under an absolute pressure of
6.5 kPa (28 in. of mercury vacuum) and steam agitation, any unreacted butadiene
and some unreacted styrene are removed from the latex.  The overhead stream
from the blowdown tank is sent to a water-cooled condenser where any condensibles
are removed from the vapor stream and sent to a wastewater treatment facility.
Noncondensibles from the condenser are discharged to the atmosphere.
                                     19-3

-------
                                         fO
                                      X t-J
                                      CU T-
                                      +-> S-
                                      ro 01
                                      o o
                                      M- O.
                                      n3 O
                                      S- •!-
                                      CD in
                                      re i—
                                      •I- 3
                                      -O E
                                         CD
                                      i— .a
                                      o o
                                      re o
                                      E 3
                                      
-------
     After discharge from the blowdown tank the latex is stored in process
tanks where additives are introduced based upon product specifications.
Starting from this point in the manufacturing process to the final product
storage for shipment, latex is processed on a continuous basis.
     Subsequently, the latex is screened using shaker screens to remove any
large, agglomerated solids present in the latex.  If the unreacted styrene
content of the latex has not been reduced sufficiently to meet product
specifications in the blowdown step, the latex is introduced to a series of
steam-stripping steps to reduce the unreacted styrene content.  Any steam and
styrene vapor from these stripping steps is taken overhead and sent to a
water-cooled condenser.  Any noncondensibles leaving the condenser are verted
to the atmosphere.  The liquid stream from the condenser is discharged to the
wastewater treatment system.
     The stripped latex is then passed through a series of screen filters to
remove unwanted large solids and is stored in blending tanks where antioxidants
are mixed with the latex.  Finally, latex is pumped from the blending tanks to
be packaged into drums or bulk loaded into railcars or tank trucks.
Emissions and Emission Sources
     The operating parameters of a model latex plant are presented in Table 19-2.
Based on source sampling data and industry supplied information, the VOC
emissions from the model plant sources were developed.      These data represent
the expected annual emissions from the model plant in the absence of any
add-on air pollution control equipment.  Process control devices which are
routinely applied for reasons of material recovery or plant safety are assumed
present in the model plant.  The use of these control devices is reflected in
the emissions listed in Table 19-2.
                    TABLE 19-2.  EMULSION LATEX MODEL PLANT3
VOC sources
Monomer removal - butadiene (1)
Monomer removal - styrene (1)
Blend tanks (15)
Emissions
(Mg/yr)
224
4
3 total
(0.2 /tank)
Vent flow
(scfm)
175
30
275 total
(18/tank)
Concentration
(ppm)
37,000
2,000
150
a
 Capacity of model plant is 30,000 Mg/yr and production rate is 27,000 Mg/yr.

                                           19-5

-------
     Table 19-2 also reflects the composition of the copolymer product and the
degree of conversion of monomers to polymer.   The model latex plant is based
on the use of a hot polymerization process with a 98.5 percent conversion of
monomers to polymer, and a weight ratio of 46 percent styrene and 54 percent
butadiene.  Emissions will vary greatly in this type of plant depending upon
the percent conversion, because the unreacted butadiene is vented without any
reduction due to recovery operations.  Emissions will also vary for different
ratios of styrene and butadiene.  Latex operations with less butadiene and
more styrene will have lower emission rates because butadiene is more easily
volatilized than styrene.  The following factor can be used to estimate total
emissions from plants producing latexes with different butadiene contents and
percent conversions:
Emission factor = ,   	100
                       percent conversion
( 	~	:	1)  (933 X.  + 67)  g  VOC
     percent conversion                 D       f-
                                                                  kg net copolymer
     where )L    =   weight fraction of butadiene in net copolymer.
"Net copolymer" means the reacted monomer content of the latex.  The percent
conversion to be used in this expression should be the percent of butadiene
only fed to the reactor which reacts to form part of the polymer mass.
     Table 19-2 lists the three major VOC emission sources for the emulsion
latex model plant.  Emissions from monomer storage tanks and reactor vents are
not quantified.  The reactors are normally sealed using rupture discs, with
venting to a flare occurring only under extreme upset conditions within the
reactor.
     Monomer removal produces two vent streams in the model latex plant.
Vented emissions from the blowdown process step consist mainly of unreacted
butadiene, though some unreacted styrene is also emitted during this step.
Because this portion of the manufacturing process is a batch operation, the
venting of emissions is intermittent.  Emissions from this operation account
for approximately 97 percent of the VOC emissions from the emulsion latex
process.
     After the blowdown step, the latex is stored in process tanks.  Product
additives may be added in these tanks.  The tanks also serve as flow-regulating
holding tanks, because the remaining process operations are run on a continuous
basis.  The latex then flows through shaker screens to remove any large agglomerated

                                     19-6

-------
solids.  These screens are open to the atmosphere, but emissions are estimated
to be very small.  Concentrations of 42 ppm butadiene and 44 ppm styrene have
been measured above the screens, but the air flow rate could not be determined.
     If the residual styrene content of the latex is greater than product
specifications, the latex is processed in steam-stripping columns.  The
overhead styrene and water vapor stream is condensed in water-cooled condensers,
and the noncondensibles are vented to the atmosphere.  Table 19-2 shows that
this noncondensible stream carries approximately 1.7 percent of the latex
plant's VOC emissions with it.  The stripped latex is then held in blend
tanks, where antioxidants may be added.  Evaporative emissions from the vents
on the blend tanks are estimated to contribute another 1.3 percent of the plant's
VOC emissions.  This small amount of VOC would be emitted from 15 tanks in the
model plant.  The natural ventilation rates and low mass of VOC produce a
stream of only 150 ppm organics.
CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
     This section describes the emission control techniques available for
control of VOC emissions in the styrene-butadiene latex manufacturing industry.
The air pollution control techniques discussed are condensation and thermal
and catalytic incineration.  The costs of controlling the model latex plant with
a thermal incineration system are also presented.
Condensers
     Vapor condensation involves the removal of sufficient heat to liquify one
or more of the vapors contained in the exhaust stream.  The most common type
of condenser for this application is a surface condenser consisting of a shell
and tube heat exchanger.  A coolant liquid is passed through the tubes of the
exchanger while the gas stream passes on the shell side.
     The primary disadvantage of condensation is its limited efficiency.  The
emissions reduction rate of a condenser is a function of the inlet VOC vapor
concentration, because the outlet concentration is fixed by the temperature,
pressure, and specific organic compound present.  For example, an air stream
at 4 C (40 F) and standard atmospheric pressure must contain over 2,800 ppm
styrene before any styrene condensation will occur.  However, condensers make
                                     19-7

-------
excellent control devices for saturated streams (e.g.,  reduction of a stream
containing 90 percent styrene to 6,000 ppm equals a removal efficiency of
99.3 percent).  Therefore, condensers are only applicable to streams with high
VOC content.
     Currently, condensers are in use as process devices in most domestic
latex plants.  These units are an integral part of the manufacturing process
and are primarily used for styrene vapor recovery to maintain desirable
process economics, rather than as air pollution control devices.  These
condensers still provide a major reduction in VOC emissions, because the
recovered styrene would otherwise be released to the environment.
Incineration
     Incineration is the oxidation (combustion) of organic vapors present in
a process vent stream.  The factors governing the completeness of this reaction
are time, temperature, turbulence, and the type and concentration of vapor
present.  Combustion air must mix thoroughly with the vapor at sufficient
temperatures, usually 760 to 871°C (1400 to 1600°F), and for a sufficient
period of time (0.5 to 0.75 seconds) to complete the combustion reaction.
Combustion of vapors resulting from latex production results in the formation
of carbon dioxide, water, carbon monoxide, and particulate.
     In most applications it is necessary to provide auxiliary fuel to increase
the heat content of the gas stream such that an adequate combustion temperature
is reached.  When sufficient VOC is present in the gas stream the combustion
reaction will be self-sustaining, requiring no auxiliary fuel.
     Plant insurance and safety regulations require sufficient margins of
safety to ensure that the VOC vapor concentration of the gas stream remains
above or below the explosive range of that vapor.  This can be accomplished by
keeping the stream above the explosive range by ensuring that the quantity of
oxygen introduced into the gas stream (either through process requirements or
inadvertent air leakage) does not create an explosive mixture or by keeping
the stream below the explosive range by diluting it with ambient air.  Most
insurance companies require that the gas stream remain below 25 percent of the
lower explosive limit in the absence of continuous VOC monitors.  Concentrations
as high as 50 percent of the lower explosive limit are allowed if a continuous
monitor and alarm system are included in the design.
     Two types of incinerators are discussed in this section, thermal (direct
flame) and catalytic.
                                   19-8

-------
     Thermal or Direct Flame Incineration
     The basic thermal incinerator consists of an insulated combustion chamber
fed by the burner(s) for the vapor stream and auxiliary fuel (if necessary)
and a combustion air source.  The vapor-laden stream is transported by a
process blower through a preheat burner to raise the stream to a temperature
suitable for combustion in the combustion chamber.  Based on available data,
thermal incinerators can reduce VOC emissions by 98 percent, if the stream
contains more than 1,000 ppm organics.  For more dilute streams the reduction
efficiency is governed by the fact that approximately 20 ppm is the minimum
outlet concentration that can be reached.
     The main advantage of thermal incineration is that it can be applied to
all streams.  This can enhance the cost effectiveness of this option by
having one large incinerator control all VOC streams.  Another advantage of
thermal incineration is that generated heat can be recovered using either
recuperative heat exchangers or waste heat boilers.  Recuperative heat exchangers
preheat the incoming vapor stream to reduce the heat addition requirements for
combustion.  This method can reduce incinerator energy requirements by 30 to
           12
70 percent.    Similarly, high temperature exhaust gas from the incinerator
can be used to generate process steam using a waste heat boiler in cases where
the generated steam can be used elsewhere in the latex manufacturing process.
     One manufacturer has developed a thermal incineration system for the
                                         13
oxidation of dilute VOC emission streams.    The oxidation occurs by passing
the exhaust stream through regenerative combustion beds.  Thermal recovery
efficiencies of 85 to 90 percent can be achieved by this system.  The system
utilizes a vertical cylindrical combustion chamber surrounded by a series of
packed stoneware beds.  The VOC exhaust stream is preheated in a hot stoneware
bed and passes through the combustion chamber, which is kept at a temperature
of 760 C (1400 F).  The hot combustion gases pass through other stoneware
beds, transferring the heat of combustion to these beds.  Inlet and exhaust
valves on each bed control the gas flow as the beds are depleted or saturated
with heat.  This heat recovery system can substantially decrease the amount of
auxiliary fuel required by the thermal incinerator.
                                     19-9

-------
     Potential disadvantages associated with the use of thermal incineration
systems at latex plants include variations in the stream flow rate which can
lead to either automatic shutdown from surges or repositioning of the flame
                                                           14
zone in the exhaust gas entrance to the vapor control unit.    The flow rate
problem can be minimized by proper equipment design, such as the installation
of fast response temperature feedback controls for combustion air and auxiliary
fuel flows to maintain constant combustion characteristics in the thermal
incineration system.
     Two styrene-butadiene latex manufacturers have attempted to use thermal
incineration as a VOC emission control technique.  One unit encountered
problems in handling the surges of emissions from the batch process of
butadiene removal.  This unit is no longer operating.  The second unit has
been reducing emissions from the monomer removal vents for ten years.  Test
results have shown that this unit reduces emissions by 99 percent based on
organic carbon.  When properly designed, thermal incineration is considered
a suitable technique for VOC emissions control in the latex industry.
     Control cost estimates have been developed for the installation of
thermal incineration systems with 50 percent and 70 percent recuperative
heat recovery capabilities controlling the butadiene removal vent of the
model plant detailed above.  The total installed capital costs and the
annualized costs for these systems are presented in Table 19-3.  These
incineration systems are sized for 12,000 scfm, in order to handle the
surges of emissions from the butadiene removal vent and the dilution air
that will be needed to keep the waste gas stream below 25 percent of the
lower explosive limit.  The average flow rate of 1300 scfm at 5000 ppm
butadiene was used to determine electricity and natural gas requirements.
Incineration temperature is 1600 F and retention time is 0.5 seconds.
Table 19-3 shows that no natural gas is required in the system that recovers
70 percent of the flue gas heat.  No natural gas would be required for the
model parameters used here for heat recoveries of 55 percent or more.  Any
additional heat recovery would require diluting the waste gases even more, or
utilizing the heat for steam generation or space heating.  No recovery
credits have been included for this heat utilization because it would be
very site specific and would also require additional piping, controls, and
heat exchangers.

                                     19-10

-------
              TABLE  19-3.  ANNUALIZED  COSTS  OF  IMPLEMENTING  RACT
                                   (June  1980 dollars)
         Cost  item
50% heat
recovery
70% heat
recovery
 Installed  cost  ($)
   Purchased  equipment
   Total  installed9

 Annualized cost ($/yr)
   Annualized capital charges
     Capital  recovery
     Taxes, insurance, and
       administration0

   Subtotal

   Direct costs
     Operating labor
     Maintenance labor
     Natural  gasf
     Electricity 9

   Subtotal

 Recovery credits

 Net  annualized  cost
 154,500
 336,300
  54,700

  13,500

  68,200
   6,100
   6,000
   5,000
   1,000

  18,100
  86,300
 180,600
 393,000
  64,000

  15,700

  79,700
   6,100
   6,000
       0
   1,000

  13,100
  92,800
 Reference 15.
 Capital  recovery factor of 0.16275 is based on 10 year life and 10 percent
 interest rate.
cTotal of 4 percent of total  installed cost per year;  1 percent for taxes;
 1 percent for insurance; 2 percent for administration.
 Based on $11.10 per hour.
eBased on $10.90 per hour.
fBased on $2.40 per 1000 SCF.
9Based on $0.0490 per Kw-hr.
                                       19-11

-------
     Catalytic Incineration
     Catalytic incineration is similar to thermal incineration in both
principle and operation.  The difference is that combustion is completed in
a catalyst bed which reduces requirements for both temperature and residence
time.  The temperatures required for combustion range from 204 to 538 C (400
to 1000 F), with shorter residence times than thermal incineration.    The
lower temperature and shorter residence time requirements can lower operating
costs by as much as 30 percent compared to thermal incineration in some
             16
applications.
     The catalyst employed may consist of any of several compounds, deposited
in thin layers on an inert substrate.  The substrate is formed into specific
geometric configurations designed to maximize surface area and structural
integrity while simultaneously minimizing pressure drops and ensuring a
uniform, evenly distributed air flow.  The performance of the catalyst is
dependent on the contact time and temperature, as well as the organic composition
and concentration of the vapor stream.    Deactivation of the catalyst
occurs periodically from sintering and accumulation of poisons.  Although
the accumulation of poisons is to some extent reversible, sintering will
eventually deteriorate the catalyst, requiring its replacement.  Catalyst
                                                                      12
lifetimes, in continuous use, usually range from about 1.5 to 2 years,   but
lifetimes of up to 7 years have been reported.
     Catalytic incinerators have the advantages of smaller size and lower
heat requirements compared to thermal incinerators with low heat recoveries.
These factors decrease both the capital costs (smaller size and lower cost
materials of construction due to lower temperatures) and operational costs for
auxiliary fuels.  Similar to thermal incinerators, both recuperative heat
exchangers and waste heat boilers may be employed to further reduce operating
costs.
     The principle disadvantage of catalytic incinerators is the high cost of
the noble metals used for catalysts, which require periodic replacement.  In
addition to poisoning and sintering, as described earlier, the deposition of
polymeric material on the catalyst could occur, decreasing the catalyst
efficiency or partially plugging the catalyst bed.
                                     19-12

-------
     Although no manufacturer of latex has attempted to use catalytic
incineration as an emissions control technique, this method is applicable to
                                                          1 fi
any dilute hydrocarbon stream without heavy metal poisons.    Catalytic
                                                                        12
incinerators should provide 90 percent removal efficiency of VOC vapors.
REGULATORY STATUS
     State regulations which would apply to the control of VOC emissions from
styrene-butadiene latex manufacturing are summarized in Table 19-4.   These
regulations are not specific for this industry, but rather are the general
regulations which apply to any VOC sources greater than a certain size,
usually 100 tons or more of VOC per year.
                                    19-13

-------
           TABLE 19-4.  SUMMARY OF STATE VOC EMISSION REGULATIONS0
     State
              Summary of regulation
 California
 Connecticut



 Delaware

 Georgia

 Kentucky

 Louisiana




 Massachusetts

 Michigan

 Minnesota

 North Carolina

 Ohio



 Pennsylvania

 Tennessee

 Texas
Pumps and compressors must have mechanical seals
or equivalent.  Pressure relief valves must be
vented to a vapor recovery or disposal system,
protected by a rupture disc, or maintained by an
inspection system.

Pumps and compressors must have mechanical seals
or equivalent.  Waste gases must be burned by
smokeless flare or equivalent.

No applicable regulation.

No applicable regulation.

No applicable regulation.

Pumps, compressors, and valves must be equipped
with mechanical seals or equivalent.  Waste gases
must be burned at 1300°F for 0.3 seconds or more
in a direct flame afterburner or equivalent.

No applicable regulation.

No applicable regulation.

No applicable regulation.

No applicable regulation.

Liquid organics must be reduced by 85 percent before
discharge to the atmosphere.  Waste gases must be
burned by smokeless flare or equivalent.

Gaseous emissions must be burned by smokeless flare.

No applicable regulation.

Vent gases must be burned at 1300°F in a smokeless
flare or direct flame incinerator.
In addition to the regulations in this table,  States may have "odor"  and
"nuisance" regulations that may be applicable  to the control  of VOC emissions
from styrene-butadiene latex operations.
                                    19-14

-------
REFERENCES
 1.  International Institute of Synthetic Rubber Producers, Inc.  The Synthetic
     Rubber Manual.  8th edition.  Houston, Texas.  1980.  74p.

 2.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Industrial Process Profiles for
     Environmental Use:  Chapter 9.  The Synthetic Rubber Industry.
     EPA-600/2-77-023i.  Cincinnati, Ohio.  February 1977.  p. 76-81.

 3.  Memo from Ryan, R.B., GCA/Technology Division, to SBC project file,
     EPA.  March 2, 1981.  Summary of 114 responses and telephone conversations.

 4.  Telecon survey from EPA to representatives of companies using the
     emulsion latex polymerization process.  October 1979.  Requesting
     information of polymerization reaction temperature.

 5.  Letter and attachments from Laundrie, R.W., The General Tire & Rubber
     Company, to Goodwin, D.R., EPA.  June 6, 1978.  Response to Section 114
     request.

 6.  Letter and attachments from Walker, T.C., Firestone Plastics Company,
     to Goodwin, D.R.,  EPA.  May 26, 1978.  Response to Section 114 request.

 7.  Letter from Kulka, A.R., Reichhold Chemicals, Inc., to Goodwin, D.R.,
     EPA.  November 14, 1980.  Response to Section 114 request.

 8.  Letter from Arnold, S.L., Dow Chemical U.S.A., to Goodwin, D.R., EPA.
     December 31, 1980.  Response to Section 114 request.

 9.  Letter from Stark, F.J., Rubber Research Elastomerics, Inc., to
     Goodwin, D.R., EPA.  January 8, 1981.  Response to Section 114 request.

10.  Draft Emissions Test Report, General Tire Plant.  U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency.  Research Triangle Park, N.C.  EMB Report No. 79-RBM-4.

11.  Memo from Mascone, D.C., EPA, to Farmer, J.R., EPA.  June 11, 1980.
     Thermal Incinerator Performance for NSPS.

12.  Oxy-Catalyst.  Engineered Emission Control Systems.  Technical Bulletin.

13.  REECO Re-Therm (Product brochure).  September 1980.  Regenerative
     Environmental Equipment Company, Morris Plains, New Jersey.
                                     19-15

-------
14.  Williamson, J.E.,  R.T.  MacKnight,  and R.L.  Chass.   Multiple-Chamber
     Incinerator Designs for Los Angeles County.   EPA,  Institute for Air
     Pollution Training.  Research Triangle Park,  North Carolina.   October 1960.
15.
     Memo from Ryan,  R.B.,  GCA/Technology Division,  to SBC project file,  EPA.
     June 9, 1981.   Costing of increased heat recovery incinerators.

16.  Romero, P.L.,  and A. Warsh.   Combustion Evaluation — Sources and Control
     Devices.  EPA,  Office  of Manpower and Development.  Research Triangle
     Park,  North Carolina.

17.  Surface Coating of Metal Furniture.  Background Information for  Proposed
     Standards (Draft Document).   EPA, Emission Standards and Engineering
     Division.  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  October 1979.

18.  Danielson, J.A.  (Editor).  Air Pollution Engineering Manual, Second
     Edition.  EPA Office of Air and Water Programs.  Research Triangle Park,
     North Carolina.   AP-40.  May 1973.
                                     19-16

-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
{I'Icutr read Instructions on the rt'tersc be/ore competing)
1. REPORT NO. 2
EPA-400/3-81-007
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
Summary of Technical Information for Selected Volat
Organic Compound Source Categories
7. AUTHOR(S)
9 PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
Engineering Science
125 West Huntington Drive
Arcadia, California 91006
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
DAA, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Office of Air, Noise, and Radiation
US Environmental Protection Agency
3 RfcCIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
5 REPORT DATE
ilp M™ 1QR1
6. PERFORMING^ORGANIZATION CODE
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
1O. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
11 CONTRACT/GRANT NO
68-01-4146
13 TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Final
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
EPA 200/04
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
16 ABSTRACT
This document is a compilation of existing information of varying detail based
on a review of the technical literature, published and unpublished EPA, State
and local agency reports, and State or local air pollution control regulations
concerning eighteen stationary sources of volatile organic compound emissions.
17. KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
a. DESCRIPTORS b.lDENTIFI
Air Pollution Air Po"
Pollution Control
18. DISTRIBUTION ST AT EMENT 19 SECURI
Unc
Unlimited 20 SECURI
Uncl
ERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS C. COSATI l-'icld/Group
lution Control 13B
TY CLASS (This Report} 21. NO. OF PAGES
:lassified 230
TY CLASS (This page) 22 PRICE
assified
EPA Form 2220-1 (Rev. 4-77)
                               PREVIOUS EDITION 'S OBSOLETE

-------